Fuel Supply System
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
For all fuel supply system component locations. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM .
For all fuel supply system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM .
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through Audi. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/31 is available for purchase or rental.
| CAUTION | The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Safety Precautions
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection area. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. Vehicles with FSI engine: The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pressure pump, is under extremely high pressure! When working on engine or fuel injection system, pressure must be relieved to residual pressure before opening high pressure components. Refer to 24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) . |
Perform the following steps before beginning work on the Fuel system
- Disconnect the battery Ground (GND) cable with the ignition switched off.
- Open the fuel filler flap briefly and then close again.
When removing and installing components from full or partially full fuel tanks, observe the following
- The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary.
- Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction system and place an extraction hose close to the installation opening of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater than 15 m 3 /h can be used.
- Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant gloves!
Clean Working Conditions
When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following rules of cleanliness
- Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area before disconnecting.
- Place parts that have been removed on a clean surface and cover them. Do not use fluffy cloths!
- Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are not performed immediately.
- Only install clean components: Only unpack replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
- When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 Electrical, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Hand held remote control (jumper).
- Multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
Test conditions
- Battery voltage 12.5 V.
- Fuse S228 OK.
- Fuse S132 OK.
- Fuse S134 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check)
Start diagnosis
TT Coupe
- Remove the rear seat bench. Refer to --> «72 - SEAT - FRAMES»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#body-interior) «72 - SEAT - FRAMES»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#body-interior-cabriolet) for BODY INTERIOR - CABRIOLET .
TT Roadster
- Remove the right rear side trim panel. Refer to --> «70 - INTERIOR TRIM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#body-interior) «70 - INTERIOR TRIM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#body-interior-cabriolet) for BODY INTERIOR - CABRIOLET .
All vehicles
Scheme 590
- Remove the cover retainers - arrows - from the right sealing flange.
Scheme 591
- Press both latches in direction of - arrow - and remove the engine compartment E-box cover.
Scheme 592
- Remove Fuse SB1 from "fuse carrier ST2" - 2 -.
Scheme 593
- Connect a Hand held remote control (jumper) to the terminal on Fuse SB1 and to battery "+".
- Press the switch on the Hand held remote control (jumper).
Note. The Fuel Pump (FP) runs quietly. Avoid surrounding noises while testing the fuel pump.
- Listen for an operating noise from the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6.
If no operating noise is heard
- Remove the fuel delivery unit. Refer to --> «20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
Scheme 594
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 electrical connector terminals 1 to 4 for continuity.
Specified value: 0 ohms.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 4 for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the resistance value was not OK
- Replace the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6. Refer to «20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the resistance value was OK
If an operating noise is heard
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 23/87 for an open circuit, or a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 electrical harness connector terminal 5 to the Ground (GND) connection on right lower A-pillar for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to the Ground (GND) connection on right lower A-pillar for an open circuit, or a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Replace the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17.
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Fuel Delivery, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Hand held remote control (jumper).
- Multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
- Measuring container, fuel-resistant.
Test conditions
- Battery voltage 12.5 V
- Fuel filter OK
- Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- Fuel pressure regulator OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check)
Start diagnosis
- Open cover from fuse box at left side of instrument cluster.
- Remove fuse 28 at fuse holder.
- Connect remote control connection at right terminal of socket of fuse S28.
- Connect alligator clip to vehicle battery B+.
- Remove the fuel filler cap from fuel filler.
| CAUTION | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system, place rags around the connection area. Then release the pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
Scheme 595
- Remove the bolt - 1 - and the cover above reservoir - arrow -.
Scheme 596
- Disconnect the fuel return line - 1 - from the line connection - 2 - by pressing the release button.
- Connect the Fuel pressure test set (high pressure) onto the disconnected fuel return line.
- Press switch on remote control for 15 Sec.
Scheme 597
- Compare quantity of fuel delivered with minimum delivery rate in the diagram (cm 3 /15s).
Note. Voltage at the fuel pump with engine stopped and fuel pump running is approx. 2 volts less than battery voltage.
If minimum delivery quantity is not obtained, the following malfunctions may be present
- Fuel lines pinched.
- Fuel filter clogged.
- Fuel pump faulty.
Assembly is performed in reverse order of removal.
End of procedure
EVAP System
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
For all EVAP system component locations and hose routing. Refer to --> 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM .
For the EVAP system hose routing. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM .
For all EVAP system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM .
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through Audi. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
EVAP System, Detecting Leaks
Function
The leak detection system recognizes leaks in the complete fuel system, including the fuel tank, EVAP canister and the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
On the mechanical side, the leak detection system consists mainly of a vacuum-driven diaphragm pump equipped with a reed contact on the actuation rod of the pump diaphragm. The pump is supplied with vacuum by the engine intake stroke.
- When leak detection is activated, the diaphragm pump pumps the fuel system up to 20 30 mbar. The pump diaphragm is then moved out so that the reed contact at the operating rod remains in the "open" position.
- During the leak diagnosis, the reed contact is monitored to check if it remains open within 10 Sec. This indicates the system is sealed.
- If the pressure falls (indicating a leak), the diaphragm moves back and the reed contact closes.
- If the reed contact closes within 10 Sec of leak detection time, a further test is performed: In this case the diaphragm pump pumps four times again. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 measures the time for each of the four pumps until the reed contact is closed again. From that, the control module can recognize a "small leak" (greater than 1 mm in diameter) or a "large leak".
Leak diagnosis is activated automatically shortly following every engine start. If a malfunction is determined, an entry is made to the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) K83 in the instrument cluster lights up if the malfunction is recognized for two subsequent starts.
EVAP System, Checking for Leaks
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Smoke tester.
- EVAP and Fuel Supply System Vacuum hose and line routing diagram.
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.
Leak checking
- Using a Smoke tester , check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister system for leaks.
Note. Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper installation and operation of the Smoke tester being used.
If a leak is detected
- Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper installation. Replace if necessary.
- Check the seals under the locking flanges and the union nuts are properly tightened on the fuel tank.
- Check all hose connections of the fuel supply system and replace or repair any leaking lines.
- Check all hose connections of the EVAP system and replace or repair any leaking lines.
- Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found in the EVAP and Fuel Supply System
- Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If a DTC was set and does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the EVAP and Fuel Supply System
- Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the EVAP and Fuel Supply Systems. If a DTC is stored, perform the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) .
End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the EVAP and Fuel Supply System
- Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the EVAP and Fuel Supply Systems. If a DTC is stored, perform the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) .
End diagnosis.
EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S234 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Note. Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 is supplied by the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 electrical harness connector.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 598
- Using a Multimeter , check the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
Specified value: 22.0 to 30.0 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80.
If the specification is obtained
Checking voltage supply
Scheme 599
- Using a Multimeter , check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 Electrical Harness connector Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 terminal 19/86 for an open circuit or a short circuit to Battery positive (+).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 electrical connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 64 for resistance.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 Electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 64 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+), Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the mentioned sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S234 OK.
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
- Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to «66 EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior) «66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/door-locks-anti-theft-systems/#body-exterior-cabriolet) for BODY EXTERIOR - CABRIOLET .
Start diagnosis
- Remove the right front wheel.
- Remove the right front wheel housing liner.
Scheme 600
- Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 601
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for resistance as follows
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 electrical harness connector terminals | Specified values |
|---|---|
| 1 - + - 3 | 640 to 720 ohms |
| 2 - + - 3 | 15 to 17 ohms |
If any of the specifications are not obtained
- Replace the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to «20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/fuel-system/#fuel-supply-system) .
If the specified values are obtained
Checking voltage supply
Note. The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- is supplied by the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17.
Scheme 602
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal 3 for voltage.
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 3 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 80 for resistance.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 25 for resistance.
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 80 |
| 2 | 25 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+), Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Electronic Engine Power Control
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
Electronic Power Control System
For "EPC" , the throttle valve is not operated by a cable from the accelerator pedal. There is no mechanical connection between the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.
The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 by Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 (variable resistances; stored in one housing) that are connected with the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator pedal position (drivers intention) is a main input unit for the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220.
Operation of the throttle valve occurs by an electric motor in the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. This is true across the entire engine speed and engine load spectrum.
Throttle valve is operated by Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 according to specifications of Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220.
With engine off and ignition switched on, Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 controls the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 exactly according to specifications of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. This means, if the accelerator pedal is depressed half way, the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 opens the throttle valve to the same degree; i.e. throttle valve is then opened approx. half way.
With engine running (under load), Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 can open or close the throttle valve independently of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185.
This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been depressed half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque losses at the throttle valve.
In addition to this, it results in significantly better values relative to emissions and consumption under certain load conditions.
It would be incorrect to think that "EPC" consists of only one or two components. "EPC" is much more of a system containing all components that contribute to recognizing, controlling and monitoring the position of the throttle valve.
- Observe Safety Precautions.
- Observe Clean Working Conditions.
Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
Note. Sensors are contained within one housing. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals in Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Scheme 603
- Release the tabs - arrows - and remove the steering column cover.
Start diagnosis
Scheme 604
- Disconnect the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking voltage supply and wiring
- Switch the ignition on.
Scheme 605
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connections for voltage.
| Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 electrical harness connector terminal | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 1 to 5 | About 5 V |
| 2 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 2 to 3 | About 5 V |
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification is not obtained
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector for resistance.
| Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 72 |
| 2 | 73 |
| 3 | 36 |
| 4 | 35 |
| 5 | 33 |
| 6 | 34 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185. sensors are contained within one housing.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Fuel Injection System, Servicing
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this article.
For all Motronic fuel injection system component locations. Refer to 24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) .
For all Motronic fuel injection system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to 24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) .
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through Audi. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/31 is available for purchase or rental.
To reduce the risk of personal injury and/or damage to the fuel injection and ignition system. Note the following
| CAUTION | The fuel system is pressurized. Before loosening hose connections or opening the test connection (to measure fuel pressure), place a cloth around the connection. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
- Always switch off ignition before disconnecting or connecting lines of the fuel injection and ignition system, including test leads.
- During some of the tests, a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) may be recognized and stored by the control module. At the end of all tests and repairs, the DTC memory should be checked and, if necessary, erased. After erasing the DTC memory, a readiness code must be generated for the engine control module.
- Always switch ignition off before cleaning engine.
| CAUTION | The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off, since the Engine Control Module (ECM) can otherwise be damaged. Observe procedures for disconnecting battery. Refer to 27 BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL 27 BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL for ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, CABRIOLET . |
Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive
| CAUTION | Test and measuring equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and be operated from there by a second person. If test and measuring instruments are operated from the front passengers seat and the vehicle is involved in an accident, there is a possibility that the person sitting in this seat may receive serious injuries when the airbag is deployed. |
| CAUTION | The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following rules for cleanliness
- Thoroughly clean all unions and adjacent areas with engine or brake cleaner and dry before disconnecting.
- Plug open lines and connections immediately with appropriate protective caps.
- Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-free cloths.
- Install clean components: Remove replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
- When the system is open: Do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
- Separated electrical connectors: Protect from dirt and moisture. Make sure connections are dry when reconnecting.
Technical Data
| Engine Code | AVK 3.0L 5V 162 kW Engine | BGN 3.0L 5V 162 kW Engine | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Idle speed (not adjustable) | 700 to 800 RPM | 700 to 800 RPM | |||
| System identification | Motronic MED 7.1 | Motronic MED 7.1 | |||
| Terminals at Engine Control Module (ECM) | 121 | 121 | |||
| Replacement part number | |||||
| Engine speed (RPM) limitation | Starting at approx. 6800 RPM | Starting at approx. 6800 RPM | |||
| Fuel Pressure | Residual fuel pressure (after 10 minutes). Cold engine | Approx 2.2 bar. positive pressure | Approx 2.2 bar. positive pressure | ||
| Residual fuel pressure (after 10 minutes). Warm engine | Approx 3.0 bar. positive pressure | Approx 3.0 bar. positive pressure | |||
Components, Checking
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 , Checking
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and cannot be replaced separately. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse (on fuse panel) S243 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 606
- Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Scheme 607
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) terminals 3 to 4 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) electrical harness connector terminal 4 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Scheme 608
- Turn key on.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 23/87 for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4 | 5 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 , Checking
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 and cannot be replaced separately. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse (on fuse panel) S243 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Checking internal resistance
- Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 terminals 3 to 4 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminal 4 to ground (GND) for voltage.
- Turn key on.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 23/87 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4 | 4 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 , Checking
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 is part of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 and cannot be replaced separately. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse (on fuse panel) S243 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 609
- Remove the retaining screws - 1 and 2 - and the cover.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 610
- Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
Scheme 611
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 20.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Scheme 612
- Turn the key on.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 23/87 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 63 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 , checking
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 is part of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 and cannot be replaced separately. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) , use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse (on fuse panel) S243 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Remove the retaining screws - 1 and 2 - and the cover.
Checking internal resistance
- Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 20.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
- Turn the key on.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 23/87 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 6 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , Checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse (on fuse panel) S243 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80°C.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start engine and let it run at idle.
- Using the scan tool, Check the air flow quantity of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 at idle
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor | ||||
| Engine running at idle | 2.50 to 7.00 g/sec | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained, but the DTC memory has a DTC concerning the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70
- Check the voltage supply of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70.
If specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70.
Checking voltage supply
Scheme 613
- Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Scheme 614
- Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to engine Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If specified value was not obtained
- Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Fuel Pump (FP) 2 Relay J49 terminal 2/87 for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking electrical circuit
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the Test Box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 53 |
| 3 | 27 |
| 4 | 29 |
| 5 | 26 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
- Replace Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Throttle Valve Control Module J338.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80°C.
Function
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185) in Throttle Valve Control Module J338. It is operated by Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 according to specifications of Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79/Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185.
Components of Throttle Valve Control Module J338
- Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79
- Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check)
Start diagnosis
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at idle stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Idle stop | 3.0 to 25.0% | |||
- Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop while observing the percentage display. The percentage display must increase uniformly.
- Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop | 84.0 to 97.0% | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
- Remove the air hose - arrows -.
Scheme 615
- Disconnect the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 at the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.0 to 5.0 ohms (at 20°C)
If the specification was not obtained
- Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specification was obtained
- Check the voltage supply of the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 «Checking voltage supply and wiring»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__checking-voltage-supply-and-wiring) .
Checking voltage supply and wiring
- Switch the ignition on.
Scheme 616
- Using a Multimeter , check the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 at the Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Specified value: at least 4.5 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was obtained
- Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 at Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Throttle Valve Control Module J338 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 92 |
| 2 | 83 |
| 3 | 117 |
| 4 | 84 |
| 5 | 118 |
| 6 | 91 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking
| CAUTION | Cooling system is under pressure. Danger of scalding when opening! |
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Jumper wire.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
- Engine cold.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Coolant temperature | Approx. coolant temperature | |||
If the specified value is not obtained
- Continue test according to the following table
| Indicated | Cause | Test |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. -40.0°C | Open circuit or short circuit to (B+) | TESTING IF DISPLAY IS APPROX. - 40.0°C |
| Approx. 140.0°C | Short circuit to Ground (GND) | TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. 140.0°C |
If the specified value was obtained
- Start the engine and let it run at idle.
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of 1.0°C.
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature signal is intermittent.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 617
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
Scheme 618
- Using a multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
- Area A: Resistance values 0 to 50°C.
- Area B: Resistance values 50 to 100°C.
Scheme 619
Specified values
- Range A, 30°C equals a resistance of 1.5 to 2.0 kohms
- Range B, 80°C equals a resistance of 275 to 375ohms
If any of the specified values was not obtained
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Testing if display is approx. - 40.0°C
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
- Using a jumper wire , connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.
Scheme 620
- Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.
If the value jumps to approx. 140.0°C
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If indication remains at approx. -40.0°C
Testing if display approx. 140.0°C
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
If indication jumps to approx. -40.0°C
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If indication remains at approx. 140.0°C
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4 | 93 |
| 3 | Eng. Gnd |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Gauge Sensor G2 , Checking
| CAUTION | Cooling system is under pressure. Danger of scalding when opening! |
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Gauge Sensor G2.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Jumper wire.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
- Engine cold.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Coolant temperature | Approx. coolant temperature | |||
If the specified value is not obtained
- Continue test according to the following table
| Indicated | Cause | Test |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. -40.0°C | Open circuit or short circuit to (B+) | TESTING IF DISPLAY IS APPROX. - 40.0°C |
| Approx. 140.0°C | Short circuit to Ground (GND) | TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. 140.0°C |
If the specified value was obtained
- Start the engine and let it run at idle.
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of 1.0°C.
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature signal is intermittent.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Checking internal resistance
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
- Using a multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
- Area A: Resistance values 0 to 50°C.
- Area B: Resistance values 50 to 100°C.
Specified values
- Range A, 30°C equals a resistance of 1.5 to 2.0 kohms
- Range B, 80°C equals a resistance of 275 to 375ohms
If any of the specified values was not obtained
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Testing if display is approx. - 40.0°C
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
- Using a jumper wire , connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.
- Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.
If the value jumps to approx. 140.0°C
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If indication remains at approx. -40.0°C
Testing if display approx. 140.0°C
- Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
If indication jumps to approx. -40.0°C
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
- Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to «19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If indication remains at approx. 140.0°C
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Gauge Sensor G2 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Gauge Sensor G2 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | T32/4 of J285 |
| 2 | Eng. Gnd |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , Checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check)
Start diagnosis
The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 detects RPM and reference marks. Without an engine speed signal, the engine will not start. If the engine speed signal fails while the engine is running, the engine will stop immediately.
Function test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check the engine speed
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engine rotations per minute (RPM) | Idle speed | |||
- End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 621
- Disconnect the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 electrical harness connector.
Scheme 622
- Using a multimeter , check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 terminals 2 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 0.7 to 1000 kohms
- Check Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 terminals 1 to 2 and 1 to 3 for short circuits.
Specified value: infinity (infinity)
If any of the specified values are not obtained
- Replace the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28. Refer to «13 ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn)
If the specified values are obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the Adapter Cable (121-pin) VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector T121 terminals for resistance.
| Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector T121 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 93 |
| 2 | 90 |
| 3 | 82 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for an open circuit, short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Remove the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 and check the sensor wheel for proper seating, damage and run-out. Refer to «13 ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the sensor wheel is OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End diagnosis.
Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SB7 OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 623
- Disconnect the Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 624
- Using a Multimeter , check the Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 450 to 1000 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Crank the engine.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for a short circuit to Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 48 for resistance.
| Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 48 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Fuel Injector , Checking
The following test procedure is used to diagnose Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Diode test lamp (12V).
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuel Injector Fuse OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 Fuse OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
- Observe Safety Precautions.
- Observe rules for cleanliness.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 625
- Remove the Fuel Injector electrical harness retaining screws - arrows -.
Scheme 626
- Remove the Fuel Injector electrical harness - arrows - from the fuel rail.
- Disconnect the Fuel Injector electrical harness connectors - 1,2,3,4,5,6 - from the Fuel Injectors.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 627
- Using a multimeter , check the Fuel Injector electrical terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 12.0 to 20.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the faulty Fuel Injector. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking activation
Scheme 628
- Connect a diode test lamp (12V) to the electrical harness connector terminals 1 and 2 of the Fuel Injector to be tested.
- Operate the starter and test the activation of the Fuel Injector.
LED should flicker.
- Switch the ignition off.
If LED flickers
- Replace the faulty Fuel Injector. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If LED does not flicker
Checking voltage
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Injector electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
- Operate the starter.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification is not obtained
Scheme 629
- Check the wiring from the Fuel Injector electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Battery (+) 1 in the interior wiring harness for a short circuit to Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Injector electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Fuel Injector | Fuel Injector electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|---|
| Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector N30 | 2 | 96 |
| Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector N31 | 2 | 112 |
| Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector N32 | 2 | 88 |
| Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector N33 | 2 | 97 |
| Cylinder 5 Fuel Injector N83 | 2 | 113 |
| Cylinder 6 Fuel Injector N84 | 2 | 89 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Function tests
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S243 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-06-checking-test-results) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking primary voltage
- Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 5 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 70 |
| 2 | 71 |
| 5 | 51 |
| 6 | 52 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S243 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-06-checking-test-results) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking primary voltage
- Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Using a multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 5 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 13 |
| 2 | 14 |
| 5 | 12 |
| 6 | 15 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130.
Test requirements
- Fuse S243 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-06-checking-test-results) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
- Remove the retaining screws - 1 and 2 - and the cover.
Checking primary voltage
- Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 3 | 68 |
| 4 | 69 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131.
Test requirements
- Fuse S243 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-06-checking-test-results) .
If specified values are obtained
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
- Remove the retaining screws - 1 and 2 - and the cover.
Checking primary voltage
- Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained
- Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 3 | 10 |
| 4 | 11 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
> Function
Function
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 regulates fuel injection, Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , oxygen sensor regulation, ignition, knock control, Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , engine speed limitation through fuel injectors or Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 as well as On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Voltage Supply, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagrams.
Test requirements
- Fuse S132 OK.
- Fuse S134 OK.
- Fuse S138 OK.
- Fuse S237 OK.
- The Ground (GND) connections at the engine and transmission OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The generator OK.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the Adapter Cable (121-pin) VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
Checking voltage supply
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 23 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 23 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 terminal 4/86 for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 21 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 62 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 8/87 for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connections for resistance.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Ground (GND) connection 1 in engine compartment wiring harness |
| 2 | Ground (GND) connection 1 in engine compartment wiring harness |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If any of the specified values are not obtained
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Perform a road test to verify any electrical repairs.
If the fault does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End of diagnosis.
If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing
Removing
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Heat gun.
Note. When the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connectors are disconnected, the adaptation values are erased and the DTC memory content remains intact.
Work procedure
Check the identification of the previous Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 as follows
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, select "Vehicle information".
- Select " Calibration Identification" in vehicle information.
The electronic control module identification number will be displayed, e.g. 06A906032NA 4983
- Record the electronic control module identification number.
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Procedure
- Switch the ignition on.
- Actuate the touch-wipe function to allow the wipers to move to the end position.
Note. The wiper arms will now move into the line of view on the windshield (service position).
- Remove the wiper arms caps.
Scheme 630
- Loosen the wiper arm nuts - arrows - several turns.
- Loosen the wiper arms from the wiper axle by rocking slightly.
Note. Do not force wiper arms off. If the wiper arms cannot be removed, use a standard puller.
- Remove the wiper arms nuts and the wiper arms from the wiper axles.
Scheme 631
- Remove the rubber seal - 1 - and the plenum chamber cover - 2 -.
- Disconnect the electrical connectors for windshield washer heating.
- Unclip the cover - 2 - to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220.
Scheme 632
- Disconnect the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector - 1 - and - 3 -.
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 installation
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the following
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 reprogramming
- The new Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 and immobilizer must be activated.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of procedure
Additional Signals, Checking
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagrams.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Fuse S132 OK.
- Fuse S134 OK.
- Fuse S237 OK.
- The Ground (GND) connections at the engine and transmission OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The generator OK.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 2/30 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/30 to the Battery A for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 4/86 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 4/86 to Battery A (+) for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking Ground (GND)
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the Adapter Cable (121-pin) VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connection for resistance.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector T121 or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 5/85 | 23 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 4/86 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 23 for an open circuit or a short to Battery (+).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271.
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the fault does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code .
- End diagnosis.
If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End diagnosis.
Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S132 OK.
- Fuse S134 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Start diagnosis
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 1 to the Battery A B (+) terminal for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket | Measure to Ignition/Starter Switch D terminal |
|---|---|
| 3 | 6/15 |
| 1 | 3/30 |
Specified value: 12.5. battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 16/Mot to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 65 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 16/Mot to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 65 for an open circuit or a short to Battery (+).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17.
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the fault does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code .
- End diagnosis.
If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End diagnosis.
Speed Signal, Checking
The following procedure requires a test drive. Observe all Safety Precautions.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Speedometer G21 OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Connect the scan tool.
- Perform a road test with a vehicle speed greater than 5 Km/h.
- Using the scan tool, Check the vehicle speed
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Vehicle Speed | Approx. Vehicle Speed | |||
- Compare the vehicle speed on the scan tool to the Speedometer G21.
Specified value: a difference of no greater than 10%.
If the specified value was not obtained or no speed was displayed
- Check the wiring from the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 to the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 for an open circuit, Short to Battery (+), or to Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
- A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Control Module (ECM) communicates with other CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is recognized as a malfunction by the Engine Control Module (ECM) and the other control modules connected to the CAN-bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the Engine Control Module (ECM).
If the CAN-Bus communication is interrupted. Communication from the scan tool to the Engine Control Module (ECM) may not be possible.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 electrical harness connector.
Note. The Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 must remain connected for the following step.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 electrical harness connector terminals T32a13 to T32a12 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 electrical harness connector T32b to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| T32a/12 (Can_Bus Low) | 58 |
| T32a/13 (Can_Bus High) | 60 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End of diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the mentioned sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Exhaust System Components, Removing and Installing
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
For all Exhaust System, Emission control component locations. Refer to 26 EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS .
For all Exhaust System, Emission control removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to 26 EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS .
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through Audi. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking
Test requirements
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- Oxygen Sensors OK.
- No leaks or damage to exhaust system.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check)
Function test
- Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-06-checking-test-results) .
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are exceeded
- Check the exhaust system for leaks.
- If necessary, repair the leak in the exhaust system.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If no leaks are found in the exhaust system
- Replace the catalytic converter including front exhaust pipe. Refer to «26 EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
Final procedures
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
Principle and Function
Principle
Due to the rich mixture during the cold start phase, the exhaust emissions contain an increased level of unburned hydrocarbons. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system improves the secondary oxidation within the catalytic converter, thereby reducing harmful emissions. The heat released by secondary oxidation shortens the startup time of the catalytic converter considerably, as well as significantly improves emissions quality during the cold-running phase.
Function
- During cold start (with coolant temperatures +15 to +35°C), the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system blows air behind the exhaust valve for approx. 65 Sec. This produces an oxygen rich exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces the heating-up phase of the catalytic converter.
- In addition, the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system is switched on with a delay of approx. 20 Sec during idle for 5 Sec after every subsequent engine start up to max. 80°C coolant temperature and is checked by On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), Checking Function
The following procedure is used to test all combination valves.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Hand vacuum pump
Test conditions
- Vacuum lines and hose connections free of leaks.
- Vacuum lines not plugged.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Remove the vacuum hose from the combination valve.
Scheme 633
- Connect the hand vacuum pump to combination valve vacuum connection.
Scheme 634
- Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection hose - arrow -.
- Inject a light air pressure into the in Secondary Air Injection hose to close the combination valve. (do not use compressed air).
- The combination valve should close and seal. Air should not be able to pass through the combination valve.
- Operate the hand vacuum pump.
- The combination valve should open. Air should be able to pass through the combination valve.
If combination valve does not open
- Replace the faulty combination valve. Refer to «26 EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
End of procedure.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S73 OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Note. Voltage for the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- is supplied by the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 635
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- terminals 1 and 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms.
If the specified value is not obtained
- Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-.
If the specification is obtained
Checking voltage supply
Scheme 636
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Fuel Pump Relay J17 socket 30/87F for an open circuit or a short to Battery positive (+).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Check Ground (GND) activation
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Battery (+) for voltage.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 2 | Battery positive (+) |
- Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 44 for an open circuit or a short to Battery positive (+).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical connector terminal 2 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminal 44 for an open circuit.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector. |
|---|---|
| 2 | 44 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, to Battery positive (+), Ground (GND) or an open circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End diagnosis.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse S131 OK.
- Fuse S234 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Remove the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299.
Checking voltage
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 socket 8/87 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 socket 8/87 to Battery A (+) for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 socket 2/30 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 socket 4/86 to the Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 socket 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 socket 6/T to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal 46 for resistance.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 socket terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 6/T | 46 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 OK.
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect the secondary air injection hose - arrow -.
Scheme 637
- Remove the center noise insulation fasteners - 1, 2, 3, 4 - and the center noise insulation panel.
Scheme 638
- Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
Checking voltage
- Start engine momentarily.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 socket 2/30 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 electrical harness connector terminal 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a Multimeter , check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) connection 2 (on left front long member) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) connection 2 (on left front long member) for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101. Refer to «26 EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-mechanical-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299.
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Ignition, Servicing
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
General Information
For all Ignition/Glow plug system component locations. Refer to 28 IGNITION/GLOW PLUG SYSTEM .
For all Ignition/Glow plug system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to 28 IGNITION/GLOW PLUG SYSTEM .
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through Audi. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/31 is available for purchase or rental.
| CAUTION | Observe the following for all installations, especially in the engine compartment due to lack of room: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening system, place rags around the connection point. Then release pressure by carefully loosening connection. Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. Test and measuring equipment that is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. Do not touch or disconnect ignition wires when engine is running or turning at starting RPM. Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ignition system, including test leads, if the ignition is turned off. |
| CAUTION | The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Test Data, Spark Plugs
| Engine code | AVK (3.0L/5V/162 kW engine) | BGN (3.0L/5V/162 kW engine) | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engine Control Module (ECM) System identification | Motronic ME 7.1.1 | Motronic ME 7.1.1 | ||
| Engine idle speed | 700 to 800 RPM (not adjustable) | 700 to 800 RPM (not adjustable) | ||
| Engine speed (RPM) limitation | Starting at approx. 6800 RPM | Starting at approx. 6800 RPM | ||
| Ignition sequence | 1-4-3-6-2-5 | 1-4-3-6-2-5 | ||
| Ignition timing | Not adjustable, regulated by Electronic control module | Not adjustable, regulated by Electronic control module | ||
| Ignition system | Single coil ignition system with 6 ignition coils (output stages integrated) that are connected directly to spark plugs by the ignition cables. | Single coil ignition system with 6 ignition coils (output stages integrated) that are connected directly to spark plugs by the ignition cables. | ||
| Spark Plugs | Tightening Torque 30Nm | Tightening Torque 30Nm | ||
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 639
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
Scheme 640
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
Scheme 641
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T40 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 98 |
| 2 | 87 |
| 3 | 108 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connections for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 642
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 98 |
| 2 | 86 |
| 3 | 108 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 98 |
| 2 | 81 |
| 3 | 108 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5.0 V
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 98 |
| 2 | 54 |
| 3 | 108 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 Fuses OK.
- ] Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 643
- Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 5/87A for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 115 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the Ground activation was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 Fuses OK.
- ] Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector - 4 -.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 5/87A for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 120 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 N208.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the Ground activation was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SB7 OK.
- ] Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector - 3 -.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical terminals 3 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 2/87 for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 22 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the Ground activation was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse SB7 OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
- Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector - 4 -.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical terminals 3 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 socket 5/87A for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319 electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 18 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 (exhaust) N319.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the Ground activation was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis.
Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 644
- Disconnect the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 electrical harness connector - 2 -.
Checking internal resistance
Scheme 645
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
Scheme 646
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 106 |
| 2 | 99 |
| 3 | 108 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , checking
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connectors of the Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 647
- Disconnect the Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 electrical harness connector - arrow -.
Checking internal resistance
- Using a Multimeter , check the Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
- Replace the Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 107 |
| 2 | 99 |
| 3 | 108 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66.
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was not OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking
The following procedure is used to diagnose Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Diode test lamp.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 OK.
- Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check) .
Start diagnosis
Scheme 648
- Disconnect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage electrical harness connectors - 1 through 6 - from the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage.
Checking voltage supply
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminal 1 to battery (+) connection 1 for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
Checking activation
| CAUTION | Do not touch the Ignition Coils connecting parts or adapter cables during the following test. |
- Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors by removing Fuse SB6.
- Using a diode test lamp , check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 3 for voltage.
- Operate the starter.
The LED should flicker.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK
- Replace the faulty Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage. Refer to «28 IGNITION/GLOW PLUG SYSTEM»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the LED does not flicker
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the test box VAG1598/31. Refer to «24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-6-cyl-5v-engine-controls-fuel-injection-ignition-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| N70/3 | 102 |
| N127/3 | 110 |
| N291/3 | 94 |
| N292/3 | 103 |
| N323/3 | 111 |
| N324/3 | 95 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01V Front and All Wheel Drive, Checking
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls component locations. Refer to
- «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V
- «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING
Component locations.
For all Automatic Transmission- Gears, Hydraulic controls removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to
- «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V
- «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING
Removal and Installation procedures.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through Audi. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/31 is available for purchase or rental. Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before when touching something made out of metal. The reason for this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical components of the transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on the electrical components! Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector terminals! If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the following
Safety precautions
| CAUTION | Observe the following for all installations, especially in engine compartment due to lack of room: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. Shift selector lever into position -P- and engage parking brake before working with the engine running. |
| CAUTION | Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Requirements
- Fuse S231 OK.
- The Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 must be OK.
- The selector lever cable adjustment OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The selector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Procedure
- Switch the ignition on.
- Depress the brake pedal and maintain depressed.
- Shift the selector lever into all positions.
The selector lever position must correspond with the Tiptronic Switch F189 indicator display unit.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the selector lever position does not correspond with the Tiptronic Switch F189 indicator display unit
Scheme 649
- Disconnect the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a multimeter , check the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 electrical harness connector terminal 7/B to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value, Battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 electrical harness connector terminal 7/B to the Ignition/starter switch for an open circuit, short to ground (GND) or a short to Battery (+).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a multimeter , check the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 electrical harness connector terminal 10/31 to Ground (GND) connection for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction was found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/31
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Scheme 650
- Using a multimeter , check the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 electrical harness connector terminals to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals for an open circuit.
| Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 electrical harness connector terminals | Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 55 |
| 2 | 36 |
| 3 | 8 |
| 4 | 37 |
| 5 | 9 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction was found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace the Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE , Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , Removing and Replacing.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
Tiptronic Switch F189 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Requirements
- Fuse S231 OK.
- The Control Module with indicator unit in the Instrument Cluster Control Module J285 must be OK.
- The selector lever cable adjustment OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The selector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Procedure
- Switch the ignition on.
- Depress the brake pedal and maintain depressed.
- Shift the selector lever into all positions.
The selector lever position must correspond with the Tiptronic Switch F189 indicator display unit.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the selector lever position does not correspond with the Tiptronic Switch F189 indicator display unit
- Disconnect the Tiptronic Switch F189 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a multimeter , check the Tiptronic Switch F189 electrical harness connector terminal T10/7 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value, Battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a multimeter , check the Tiptronic Switch F189 electrical harness connector terminal 10/31 to Ground (GND) connection for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction was found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/31
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Tiptronic Switch F189 electrical harness connector terminals to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals for an open circuit.
| Tiptronic Switch F189 electrical harness connector terminals | Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | Fuse S5 |
| 2 | 2 |
| 3 | 13 |
| 4 | 46 |
| 5 | 47 |
| 6 | Gnd |
| 7 | Fuse S5 |
| 8 | T32a/1 of J285 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction was found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace the Tiptronic Switch F189. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE , Tiptronic Switch F189 , Removing and Replacing.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Requirements
- The Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 fuse OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The selector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Procedure
Scheme 651
- Disconnect the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 electrical harness connector.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking resistance
Scheme 652
- Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 terminals 10 to 12 for resistance.
| ATF Temperature | Specified Values |
|---|---|
| Approx. - 30°C | 37.0 - 51.0 Kohms |
| Approx. 10°C | 5 - 8 Kohms |
| Approx. 25°C | 3.0 - 5.0 Kohms |
| Approx. 110°C | 230.0 - 265.0 Kohms |
| Approx. 145°C | 100.0 - 120.0 Kohms |
If any of the specified values are not obtained
- Replace the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) , Removing and Replacing
If the specified values are obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/31
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
- Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 electrical harness connector terminals to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals for an open circuit.
| Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 electrical harness connector terminal | Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 13 | 22 |
| 14 | 21 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) , Removing and Replacing
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Requirements
- The Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 fuse OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check)
Scheme 653
- Disconnect the Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the Adapter F/VAG1598 (68 Pin) VAG1598/22. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Scheme 654
- Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 electrical harness connector terminals T16 to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals for an open circuit.
| Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 electrical harness connector T 16 terminals | Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 5 | 16 |
| 6 | 44 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace the Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182. Refer to --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code Description .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 , Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Requirements
- The Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 fuse OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Test procedure
- Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to --> «Preliminary Check»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__preliminary-check)
- Disconnect the Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 electrical harness connector - 1 -.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
- Install the Adapter F/VAG1598 (68 Pin) VAG1598/22. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 electrical harness connector T 16 terminals to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals for an open circuit.
| Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 electrical harness connector T16 terminals | Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 10 | 14 |
| 1 | 42 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace the Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195. For all Automatic Transmission system removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to --> «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE ..
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic)
- Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to --> Readiness Code .
- End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE ..
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , Checking
This procedure is used to diagnose all Solenoid Valves in the valve body.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Requirements
- The Solenoid Valve fuses OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
- All electrical consumers must be switched off.
- The parking brake must be engaged.
- The elector lever must be in the "P" position.
- The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
Procedure
- Disconnect the Solenoid Valve electrical harness connector.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking resistance
- Using a multimeter , check the Solenoid Valve electrical harness connector terminals at the Solenoid Valve electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Solenoid Valve | Electrical Harness Connector Terminal | Specified Value (Approx. 20°C) |
|---|---|---|
| Solenoid Valve 1 N88 | 12 to 8 | 55.0 - 65.0 ohms |
| Solenoid Valve 2 N89 | 12 to 9 | 55.0 - 65.0 ohms |
| Solenoid Valve 3 N90 | 12 to 4 | 55.0 - 65.0 ohms |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 1 N215 | 12 to 2 | 4.5 - 6.5 ohms |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 2 N216 | 12 to 3 | 55.0 - 65.0 ohms |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 3 N217 | 12 to 7 | 4.5 - 6.5 ohms |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 4 N218 | 12 to 11 | 55.0 - 65.0 ohms |
If any of the specified values are not obtained
- Replace the faulty Solenoid Valve/Regulating Valve. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) , Removing and Replacing.
If the specified values are obtained
Checking wiring
- Install the Adapter F/VAG1598 (68 Pin) VAG1598/22. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
- Using a multimeter , check the Solenoid Valve electrical harness connector terminals to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals for an open circuit.
| Solenoid Valve | Electrical Harness Connector Terminal | Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|---|
| Solenoid Valve 1 N88 | 12 | 52 |
| 8 | 30 | |
| Solenoid Valve 2 N89 | 12 | 52 |
| 9 | 33 | |
| Solenoid Valve 3 N90 | 12 | 52 |
| 4 | 32 | |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 1 N215 | 12 | 52 |
| 2 | 5 | |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 2 N216 | 12 | 52 |
| 3 | 1 | |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 3 N217 | 12 | 52 |
| 7 | 29 | |
| Automatic Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve 4 N218 | 12 | 52 |
| 11 | 4 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
- Replace the faulty Solenoid Valve/Regulating Valve. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) , Removing and Replacing.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
Additional Signals, Automatic Transmission, Checking
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
> Function
CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Checking
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 communicates with all databus capable control modules via a CAN databus.
These databus capable control modules are connected via two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the databus is recognized as a malfunction and stored.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. The central terminal resistor is located in the Engine Control Module (ECM) J220.
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
- A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- Ignition switched off.
Removal
- Remove the center dash panel - 1 - in the direction of the - arrow -.
Scheme 655
- Remove the right upper dashboard panel.
Scheme 656
- Remove the three center screws - 1
Scheme 657
- Remove the right upper dashboard panel - 1 - in the direction of - arrow A - and - arrow B -.
Scheme 658
- Remove the retaining screw - arrow -.
Note. The Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 must remain connected for the following step.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 25 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20°C)
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
- Install the Adapter F/VAG1598 (68 Pin) VAG1598/22. Refer to «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V «38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/differentials-drive-axles/#5-speed-automatic-transmission-01v-front-and-all-wheel-drive-internal-components-servicing) for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING «38 GEARS, CONTROL»(ref-278909-S16475499822008020700000) for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE .
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
- Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> «Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__motronic-engine-control-module-ecm-j220) .
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 electrical connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 3 (Can_Bus Low) | 58 |
| 25 (Can_Bus High) | 60 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
- Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
- End of diagnosis.
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 receives information from the components that affect the shifts and forwards this information to the pressure regulator valves of the valve body, which control the slide valves in the valve body.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Voltage Supply, Checking
Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Requirements
- Fuse S231 OK.
- The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 volts.
- The Ground (GND) connections at the transmission OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P".
- All electrical consumers switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Procedure
- Remove the center dash panel - 1 - in the direction of the - arrow -.
- Remove the right upper dashboard panel.
- Remove the three center screws - 1
- Remove the right upper dashboard panel - 1 - in the direction of - arrow A - and - arrow B -.
- Remove the retaining screw - arrow -.
- Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
- Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK
- Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK
Checking voltage
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminal 23 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
- Check the wiring from the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminal 23 to plus connection 15 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
- Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms
If the specification was not obtained
- Check the wiring for a an open circuit.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
- Replace the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217. Refer to --> «Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__transmission-control-module-tcm-j217) .
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing
Note. To achieve optimal anti-theft protection for the vehicle, an anti-theft immobilizer was installed. The anti-theft immobilizer is a system for enabling/locking the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217.
Procedure
Check the identification of the previous Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 as follows
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Select "Diagnostic mode 9: Vehicle information."
- Select the "Test-ID 04: Calibration identification".
- The Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 identification will be displayed, e.g.: 09G27750 L 0301
- End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Removal
- Remove the center dash panel - 1 - in the direction of the - arrow -.
- Remove the right upper dashboard panel.
- Remove the three center screws - 1
- Remove the right upper dashboard panel - 1 - in the direction of - arrow A - and - arrow B -.
- Remove the retaining screw - arrow -.
Scheme 659
- Remove the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 and disconnect the electrical harness connector in the direction of the - arrow -.
Installation
- Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal. Note the following
- Check the identification of the new Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to ensure it matches the old Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217.
- Code the Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217.
Final procedures
- Check the DTC memory.
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
OBD General Information
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this section.
Generic Scan Tool Manual Contents
GST is an acronym for Generic Scan Tool Manual.
Included in the contents of this GST manual is a summary table of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Related Engine and Transmission DTCs. This table contains all necessary Malfunction Criteria, Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling Conditions, Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and MIL Illumination to accurately monitor and diagnose the Engine Emissions and Transmission and perform all functions required to run Modes 01 through 09 with a hand held scan tool. For a further description of the monitor strategies, a document reference has been provided throughout this GST manual to the applicable OBD System Strategy document.
This GST manual also contains the step by step pin point test procedures to accurately diagnose the suspected component or system once a DTC has been set. All references to repair procedures and wiring diagrams will be found within the diagnostic test procedure.
OBD Systems
OBD II
OBD is an acronym for the On Board Diagnostic System.
California OBD II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 14,000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 14,000 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
Several states in the Northeastern United States have chosen to adopt the California emission regulations starting in the 1998 MY and are known as "Green States".
Green States receive California-certified vehicles for passenger cars and light trucks up to 6,000 lbs. GVWR. Starting in the 2004 MY, Federal vehicle over 8,500 lbs. will start phasing in OBD II.
Starting in 2004 MY, gasoline-fueled Medium Duty Passenger Vehicles (MDPVs) are required to have OBD II. Federal OBD II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 8,500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 8,500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
OBD II system implementation and operation is described in the remainder of this document.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination
MIL is an acronym for the Malfunction Indicator Lamp.
If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emissions values, it indicates them by lighting the MIL which is located in the instrument cluster.
The ECM switches on the MIL after the ignition is switched on. Shortly after the engine is started, The MIL goes out if the ECM does not detect a malfunction that increases the emissions values.
If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emissions during the operation of the engine, the ECM switches on the MIL and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.
CAN Data Link
CAN is an acronym for Controller Area Network.
The ECM communicates with all databus capable control modules by a CAN Data Link.
The databus capable control modules (i.e. Engine Coolant temperature Sensor) are connected by two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages) to the ECM. Missing information on the databus is then recognized and stored as a malfunction.
The ECM illuminates the MIL through the CAN data link and tells the MIL to turn on, turn off, or blink.
Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp
EPC is an acronym that stands for the Electronic Power Control (E-gas).
The ECM monitors all EPC components after the ignition is switched on.
If a malfunction is recognized in the EPC system during the operation of the engine, the ECM switches on the EPC which is located in the instrument cluster and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.
Diagnostic Mode, Selecting
Diagnostic Modes Description
The information provided in Modes 01 through 09 displays the various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.
The following table provides a link to all diagnostic modes that monitor all components and systems which influence the emission quality.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Diagnostic Mode 01 - Obtain Data
Diagnostic Mode 01 is used to display and monitor all emissions related measured values.
Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in diagnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no name at all and be referenced by only a number.
Test requirement
- Coolant temperature at least 80°C.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.".
- From the following table, select the desired the "PID" that is to be monitored, e.g. "PID 05-Coolant temperature".
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Component or System |
|---|---|
| 04 | Calculated load value |
| 05 | Coolant temperature |
| 06 | Oxygen integrator, bank 1 |
| 07 | Oxygen adaptation value, bank 1 |
| 08 | Oxygen integrator, bank 2 |
| 09 | Oxygen adaptation value, bank 2 |
| 12 | Engine RPM |
| 13 | Vehicle speed |
| 14 | Ignition timing adjustment at 1. cyl. in direction |
| 15 | Intake air temperature (IAT) |
| 16 | Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor |
| 17 | Throttle valve position (absolute) |
| 18 | Secondary air injection (AIR) |
| 19 | Oxygen sensor location |
| 21 | Sensor voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 |
| 25 | Sensor voltage Bank 2 Sensor 2 |
| 28 | OBD request is designed for diagnostic of this vehicle |
| 33 | Driven distance after MIL on |
| 52 | Oxygen sensor value Bank 1 Sensor 1 |
| 56 | Oxygen sensor value Bank 2- sensor 1 |
- Switch the ignition off.
End of procedure
Diagnostic Mode 02 - Obtain Operating Conditions
Diagnostic Mode 02 is used to monitor the operating conditions under which the Engine Control Module (ECM) has detected and stored an emissions related DTC.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions".
- From the following table, select the desired the "PID" , e.g. "PID 05-Coolant temperature" that is to be monitored.
Note. More than one "PID" may be selected and monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Component or System |
|---|---|
| 04 | Calculated load value |
| 05 | Coolant temperature |
| 06 | Oxygen integrator, bank 1 |
| 07 | Oxygen adaptation value, bank 1 |
| 08 | Oxygen integrator, bank 2 |
| 09 | Oxygen adaptation value, bank 2 |
| 12 | Engine RPM |
| 13 | Vehicle speed |
- Switch the ignition off.
End of procedure
Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory
Description
When the Engine Control Module (ECM) recognizes an emission related fault it turns on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) or if a Electronic Throttle Malfunction is recognized, the Engine Control Module (ECM) turns on the Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp which are both located in the instrument cluster.
Diagnostic Mode 03 is used to retrieve and view any DTC which may be stored in the Engine Control Module (ECM).
The DTCs are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 03 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the DTC code.
P-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P | X | X | X | X | DTC for the drivetrain |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| P | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
| P | 1 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer |
| P | 2 | X | X | X | DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts, from MY 2000 |
| P | 3 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer from MY 2000 |
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Repair group | |||||
| P | X | 0 | X | X | Fuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations |
| P | X | 1 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 2 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 3 | X | X | Ignition system |
| P | X | 4 | X | X | Additional exhaust system |
| P | X | 5 | X | X | Speed and idle control |
| P | X | 6 | X | X | Control module and output signals |
| P | X | 7 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 8 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 9 | X | X | Control modules, input and output signals |
U-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U | X | X | X | X | DTC for network (CAN bus) |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| U | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
Interrogating the Fault Memory
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition to the "ON" position.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory ".
- The stored DTC or DTCs will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is an example of the DTC information that may be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Indication example | Explanation |
|---|---|
| P0444 | SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) |
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve | Malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning component |
| Circuit Open | Malfunction type as next |
- Refer to the following DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedure
- > «SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE P3xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE U0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- Switch the ignition off.
End of procedure
Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data
Diagnostic Mode 04 is used to reset or delete the following stored information
- All emission related malfunctions in the DTC memory.
- The operating conditions at which a malfunction was stored will be reset.
- All adaptation values.
- The test results of all diagnostic functions.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 04 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition to the "ON" position.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory ".
- Then select "Mode 4: Reset/delete diagnostic data".
The scan tool will display: "Diagnostic data are being erased".
- Switch the ignition off.
End of procedure
Diagnostic Mode 05: Check lambda test results
The individual tests in Diagnostic Mode 05 display the results of emission related components and systems which are not continuously monitored.
The min max values for each individual test in Mode 05 represent the min max operating values for a properly operating system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on the scan tool being used, the min max values shown may vary, or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending on the aftermarket scan tool companys development process. e.g.
| Minimum Value | |
|---|---|
| GST Manual documentation | 0.3499 |
| Aftermarket Scan Tool display | 0.35 |
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
| Test-ID (Hex-ID) | Component or System |
|---|---|
| 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter Bank 1 - Sensor 1 | Oxygen Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter Bank 1 - Sensor 1 |
| 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter Bank 2 - Sensor 1 | Oxygen Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter Bank 2 - Sensor 1 |
| 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter Bank 1 Sensor 2 | Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter Bank 1- Sensor 2 |
| 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter Bank 2- Sensor 2 | Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter Bank 2- Sensor 2 |
Oxygen Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter Bank 1 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results".
Select Test ID 01 ($01).
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01($01) | Voltage threshold from rich to lean (fixed value). | 0.9212 | 1.0781 | ||
| 02($02) | Voltage threshold from lean to rich (fixed value). | 0.9212 | 1.0781 | ||
| 07($07) | P0133 | Minimum oxygen sensor voltage value in test. | 0.9961 | 4.0039 | Refer to DTC P0133 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values . |
| 08($08) | Maximum oxygen sensor voltage value in test. | 0.0309 | 0.0309 | ||
| 09($09) | P0133 | Half cycle duration of oxygen sensor signal in test. | 40 ms | 0.520 seconds | |
| 48 | Adjustment to rich via oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter Bank 1. | 0 Sec | 0.8 Sec | ||
| 49 | Adjustment to lean via oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter Bank 1. | 0 Sec | 0.8 Sec | ||
| 50 | Period duration of oxygen sensor signal in front of catalytic converter in test. | 200 mS | 1 Sec |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter Bank 2 - Sensor 1
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results".
Select Test ID 01 ($01)
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | Voltage threshold from rich to lean (fixed value). | ||||
| 02 ($02) | Voltage threshold from lean to rich (fixed value). | ||||
| 07 ($07) | Minimum oxygen sensor voltage value in test. | 0 mV | 401.6 mV | ||
| 08($08) | Maximum oxygen sensor voltage value in test. | 500.7 mV | 1048.4 mV | ||
| 09($09) | P0153 | Half cycle duration of oxygen sensor signal in test. | 40mS | 0.52 Sec | Refer to DTC P0153 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. |
| 48 | Adjustment to rich via oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter Bank 1. | 0 Sec | 0.8 Sec | ||
| 49 | Adjustment to lean via oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter Bank 1. | 0 Sec | 0.8 Sec | ||
| 50 | Period duration of oxygen sensor signal in front of catalytic converter in test. | 200 mS | 1 Sec |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter Bank 1 Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results".
Select "Test-ID 01($01".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | Voltage threshold from rich to lean (fixed value). | 600 mV | |||
| 02 ($02) | Voltage threshold from lean to rich (fixed value). | 600 mV | |||
| 07 ($07) | Minimum oxygen sensor voltage value in test. | 0 mV | 600 mV | ||
| 08 ($08) | P0138 | Short to Battery Check. | 600 mV | 1048 mV | Refer to DTC P0138 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.
Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter Bank 2- Sensor 2
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results".
Select "01 ($01)".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | Voltage threshold from rich to lean (fixed value). | 600 mV | |||
| 02 ($02) | Voltage threshold from lean to rich (fixed value). | 600 mV | |||
| 07 ($07) | Minimum oxygen sensor voltage value in test. | 0 mV | 600 mV | ||
| 08($08) | P0158 | Short to Battery Check. | 600 mV | 1048 mV | Refer to DTC P0158 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored
The individual tests in Diagnostic Mode 06 display the results of emission related components and systems which are not continuously monitored.
The min max values for each individual test in Mode 06 represent the min max operating values for a properly operating system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on the scan tool being used, the min max values shown may vary, or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending on the aftermarket scan tool companys development process. e.g.
| Minimum Value | |
|---|---|
| GST Manual documentation | 0.3499 |
| Aftermarket Scan Tool display | 0.35 |
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
Note. Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in diagnostic mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Test requirements
- Exhaust system must be properly sealed between catalytic converter and cylinder head.
- No DTCs in the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature at least 80°C.
Work procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select the desired "Test-ID"..
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 01 ($01)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05 ($05) | P0421 | Catalytic converter monitoring bank 1, aging value. | 0.025 | Refer to DTC P0421 in the DTC table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | |
| 07 ($07) | P0421 | Catalytic converter monitoring sum malfunction bank 1 + bank 2, aging value. | 1.1016 | Refer to DTC P0421 in the DTC table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | |
| 08 ($08) | P0421 | Catalytic converter monitoring sum range malfunction bank 1, aging value. | 0.9961 | Refer to DTC P0421 in the DTC table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | |
| 10 ($0A) | Catalytic converter monitoring bank 1, aging value short test. | 0.3984 |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 2)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
Select "Test-ID 01 ($01)".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 06 ($06) | P0431 | Conversion Capability (storage) Check. | 0.025 | Refer to DTC P0431 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. | |
| 07 ($07) | P0421 | Catalytic converter monitoring sum malfunction bank 1 + bank 2, aging value. | 1.1016 | Refer to DTC P0431 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. | |
| 09 ($09) | P0431 | Conversion Capability (storage) Check. | 0.9961 | Refer to DTC P0431 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. | |
| 11 ($0B) | 0.3984 |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 01 ($01)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01($01) | P0133 | Period duration bank 1. | 100 mS | 1 Sec | Refer to DTC P0133 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. |
| 03($03) | TV adaptation bank 1. | 800 mS | 800 mS |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 02 ($02)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 02($02) | P0153 | Period duration bank 2. | 100 mS | 1 Sec | Refer to DTC P0153 in the OBD DTC Summary Table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes for all monitoring values. |
| 04($04) | TV adaptation bank 2. | 800 mS | 800 mS |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID 15 ($21): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 2)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 15 ($21)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15 ($21) | Oxygen sensor voltage rich behind catalytic converter bank 1. | ||||
| 17($23) | Oxygen sensor voltage lean behind catalytic converter bank 1. | ||||
| 19($25) | Oxygen sensor voltage in deceleration behind catalytic converter bank 1. | 103 mV | |||
| 1B($27) | Dynamic behind catalytic converter bank 1. | 5.2 mV/ms |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID 16 ($22): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 2)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 16 ($22)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 16($22) | Oxygen sensor voltage rich behind catalytic converter bank 2. | ||||
| 18($24) | Oxygen sensor voltage lean behind catalytic converter bank 2. | ||||
| 1A($26) | Oxygen sensor voltage in deceleration behind catalytic converter bank 2. | 103 mV | |||
| 1C($28) | Dynamic behind catalytic converter bank 2. | 5.2 mV/mS |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 03 ($03)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | P0491 | Reduced secondary air mass bank 1. | 0.2969 | Refer to DTC P0491 in the OBD DTC Summary Table for all monitoring values. --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | |
| 02 ($02) | P0491 | Very low secondary air mass bank 1, also short test. | 0.0156 | Refer to DTC P0491 in the OBD DTC Summary Table for all monitoring values. --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | |
| 03 ($03) | P0491 | Leakage bank 1 (combi-valve does not close), short test. | 1.2kg/k | Refer to DTC P0491 in the OBD DTC Summary Table for all monitoring values. --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 2)
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 03 ($03)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 04 ($04) | P0492 | Reduced secondary air mass bank 2. | 0.5 | Refer to DTC P0492 in the DTC table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | |
| 05($05) | Leakage bank 2 (combination valve does not close), short test. | 4 kg/k | Refer to DTC P0492 in the DTC table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | ||
| 06 ($06) | P0492 | Very low secondary air mass bank 2, also short test. | 0.4 |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function Check
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 05 ($05)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01 ($01) | Tank ventilation valve check of DLDP during initial flush. | ||||
| 02 ($02) | Reduction of drop-out time when flushing. | ||||
| 03 ($03) | Passive test (can only test if OK). | 0.1484 | |||
| 04 ($04) | Active test: deviation of oxygen sensor regulator in lean direction (can only be checked if OK), also short test. | 0.05 | |||
| 05 ($05) | Active test: deviation of oxygen sensor regulator in rich direction (can only be checked if OK), also short test. | 0.05 | |||
| 06 ($06) | Active test: air balance at idle OK, also short test. | 40% | |||
| 07 ($07) | P0441 | Fuel Tank Leak Test. | 40% | Refer to DTC P0441 in the DTC table --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Components that are not Continuously Monitored".
Select "Test-ID 05 ($05)".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 13 ($0D) | P0455 | Large/small leak. | Refer to DTC P0455 in the OBD DTC Summary Table for all monitoring values --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | ||
| 13 ($0D) | P0442 | Large/small leak. | Refer to DTC P0442 in the OBD DTC Summary Table for all monitoring values. --> SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | ||
| 14 ($0E) | P2403 | Reed contact not closed. | 1 Sec | Refer to DTC P2403 in SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . | |
| 15 ($0F) | P2404 | Reed contact does not open. | 20 | Refer to DTC P2404 in SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes . . | |
| 16 ($10) | System not OK during initial flush. | 20 Sec + 15 Sec | Refer to DTC P0456 in the OBD DTC Summary Table for all monitoring values. | ||
| 17 ($11) | Pinhole leak. |
- If any component or system fails to meet the specified values, refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-03-interrogating-fault) to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
- Switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Diagnostic Mode 07 - Check Test Results of Components that are Continuously Monitored
Diagnostic Mode 07 displays all stored DTCs of emission related components and systems which are continuously monitored.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 07 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 07 - Check Test Results of Components that are Continuously Monitored".
The number of stored DTCs or "0 malfunctions detected" will be displayed scan tool screen.
- Switch the ignition off.
- Refer to the following DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedure
- > «SAE P0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE P1xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE P2xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE P3xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- > «SAE U0xxx Diagnostic Trouble Codes»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn) .
- Switch the ignition off.
End of procedure
Diagnostic Mode 08 - Tank Leak Test
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to determine if the fuel system may be leaking.
Depending on the scan tool being used, the function test in Diagnostic Mode 08 may or may not be able to be performed.
If the scan tool being used will operate Diagnostic Mode 08, perform the test below Function test .
If the scan tool being used will not operate Diagnostic Mode 08, refer to --> EVAP System, Detecting Leaks .
Note. Always follow the manufacturers instructions for the scan tool being used.
Test requirements
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
- Intake Air Temperature (IAT) maximum 60°C.
- Coolant temperature 80 -110°C.
- Throttle valve angle 12.0 - 16.0%.
Function test
Note. If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will be aborted.
- Connect the scan tool.
- Start the engine and run at idle for at least 15 minutes.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 08 - Tank Leak Test".
- Select " Tank Leak Test".
- Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.
- The following may be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Tank leak test | Specified value | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Test function active Test function is being initiated, please wait Test off Test aborted | Test OK | |||||
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is obtained
System OK.
If the specified result is not obtained
- Repeat the tank leak test, switch the ignition off and start the engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle.
- Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is again not obtained
- A leak may be present. Refer to --> «EVAP System, Detecting Leaks»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__evap-system-detecting-leaks) .
End of diagnosis.
Diagnostic Mode 09 - Vehicle Information
Note. For all calibration and immobilizer information.
Diagnostic Mode 09 is used to display vehicle specific information, e.g. the different Engine Control Module (ECM) versions.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 09 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Test requirement
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Select "Diagnostic Mode 09 - Vehicle Information".
- Select the desired "Test-ID".
- The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all "Test-IDs" that may be selected.
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text |
|---|---|
| 02 | Vehicle identification number e.g. |
| A different 17 digit number will be displayed for each vehicle | |
| 04 | Calibration identification e.g. |
| Engine Control Module (ECM) | |
| Transmission Control Module (TCM) | |
| 06 | CVN (check sum) e.g. |
| EC5AE460 the check sum is different for every control module version | |
| 000D105 |
- Switch the ignition off.
End of procedure
General Diagnosis
Preliminary Check
Before performing any pin point test or component diagnosis, a preliminary check must be performed.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede any information included in this article.
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Using the scan tool, check for any stored or related DTCs.
If other DTCs are stored
- Repair these DTCs first before performing the following procedure.
If no other DTCs are stored
- Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to --> «Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__diagnostic-mode-04-resetdelete-diagnostic) .
- Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the customers complaint.
If the DTC returns
- Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return
- The fault is intermittent or a sporadic condition may exist.
- Check the suspected component, electrical harness and electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
- If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
- Perform a road test to verify the repair.
If the DTC returns
- Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return
The fault may have been the result of a loose electrical connection.
- Generate readiness code. Refer to --> «Readiness Code Description»(/audi/a4/b6-2000-2006/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-v6-5v-engine-controls-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-avk-bgn__readiness-code-description) .
End of diagnosis
Readiness Code
Readiness Code Description
Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal vehicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.
If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be stored in the DTC memory.
The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturers instruction manual for correct tool operation.
The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC memory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new readiness code must be generated.
Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.
General Recommendations
Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a steady-foot and smooth acceleration during the drive cycle operation, cruise, and acceleration modes.
Operating Conditions
For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature must be between 10°C and 35°C with a difference between them no greater than 4°C. The ambient air temperature must not change more than 4°C during the drive cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in the winter).
Test requirements
- Erase the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature must be between 80°C and 110°C.
- The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) must be between 10°C and 35°C.
- Battery voltage must be a minimum of 12.5 volts.
- Fuel tank level 1/4 to 3/4 full.
| CAUTION | When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention to driving conditions and please observe and obey all posted speed limits. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or possible death. |
Drive Cycle Procedure
- Connect the scan tool.
- Switch the ignition on and start the vehicle.
- Idle the vehicle for 2-3 minutes. This executes the O2S Heater, Misfire, Secondary AIR, Fuel Trim, and Purge system monitors.
- Drive the vehicle at 45-55 mph for a continuous 7-minute period, avoid stopping. This executes the EVAP, O2S, Fuel Trim, and Misfire monitors.
- Accelerate the vehicle to an engine speed of 5,000 RPM (with automatic transmission use the tip-tronic mode); lift off the throttle until the engine speed is around 1,200 RPM. This executes the fuel cut off
- Accelerate the vehicle smoothly to 60-65 mph, cruise constantly for 5 min, this executes the Catalyst; O2S, Misfire, Fuel Trim, and Purge System monitors.
- Decelerate and idle the vehicle again for 3 minutes. This executes the Misfire, Secondary AIR, Fuel Trim, and Purge system monitors.
- Check the status of the readiness code.
Note. Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may be displayed as complete, passed or OK.
- If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test: Repeat the drive cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
Note. When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed EVAP monitor or thermostat-monitor, allow the engine to cool until the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature are be between 10°C and 35°C with a difference between them no greater than 4°C is observed and repeat the drive cycle operation.
If the drive cycle operation fails again.
- Check the DTC memory for stored DTCs.
Repair the vehicle if necessary.
- Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
- Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.
End of diagnosis
Diagnostic Trouble Code Tables
Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0010 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit/Open (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | ECT - > 5.25°C Short to ground Open circuit 4.5-5.5V | Camshaft valve - on Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V Camshaft valve - off Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0011 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Comparison cam-retard actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 10° crank angle for more than 8 sec. | Engine speed 1200 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >5.5°C | 40 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0012 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing Over-Retarded (Bank 1) AVK Only. | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Comparison cam-advance actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 10°crank angle for more than 8 sec. | Engine speed 1200 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >5.5°C | 40 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0013 | "B" Camshaft Position - Actuator Circuit Bank 1 | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Short to battery + 2.2 - 8 A Short to ground 3V Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V | Camshaft valve - on Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V Camshaft valve - off Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0014 | "B" Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance Bank 1 | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Comparison cam-advance actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 8° crank angle for more than 6 Sec. | Engine speed, 1700 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >70°C | 30 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0015 | "B" Camshaft Position - Timing Over Retarded (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Comparison cam-retard actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 8° crank angle for more than 6 Sec. | Engine speed, 1700 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >70°C | 30 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0020 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit/Open (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Short to battery + 2.2 - 8 A Short to ground 3V Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V | Camshaft valve - on Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V Camshaft valve - off Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0021 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing Over-Advanced (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Comparison cam-retard actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 10°crank angle for more than 8 Sec. | Engine speed, 1200 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >5.25°C | 40 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0022 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing Over-Retarded (Bank 2) (AVK only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Comparison cam-advance actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 10°crank angle for more than 8 Sec. | Engine speed, 1200 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >5.25°C | 40 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0023 | "B" Camshaft Position - Actuator Circuit (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Short to battery + 2.2 - 8 A Short to ground 3V Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V | Camshaft valve - on Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V Camshaft valve - off Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0024 | "B" Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Advanced or System Performance (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Comparison cam-advance actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 8° crank angle for more than 6 Sec. | Engine speed, 1700 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >70°C | 30 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0025 | "B" Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Retarded (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Comparison cam-retard actual to calculated for 5 times:delta > 8° crank angle for more than 6 Sec. | Engine speed, 1700 RPM Time after engine start > 2 sec. ECT >70°C | 30 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0030 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 , Checking . | Open circuit 2.34-3.59 V | Sensor heater off Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0031 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 , Checking . | Short to ground - 2.34 V | Sensor heater off Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0032 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 , Checking . | Short to battery + >3.59 V | Sensor heater off Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0036 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z29. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 , Checking . | Open circuit 4.5-5.5 V | Sensor heater off Engine speed >80 RPM Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0037 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z29. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 , Checking . | Short to ground 3 V | Sensor heater off Engine speed >80 RPM Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0038 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z29. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 , Checking . | Short to battery + >2.7-5.5 A | Sensor heater off Engine speed >80 RPM Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0050 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 , Checking . | Open circuit 2.34-3.59 V | Sensor heater off Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0051 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 , Checking . | Short to ground - 2.34 V | Sensor heater off Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0052 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 , Checking . | Short to battery + >3.59 V | Sensor heater off Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0056 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 , checking | Open circuit 4.5-5.5 V | Sensor heater off Engine speed >80 RPM Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0057 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 , checking | Short to ground 3 V | Sensor heater off Engine speed >80 RPM Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0058 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 , checking | Short to battery + >2.7-5.5 A | Sensor heater off Engine speed >80 RPM Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
Fuel and air ratio
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0101 | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Range/Performance (BGN only) | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70. Refer to --> Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , Checking | Mass air flow vs. lower threshold 2-258 kg/h or Mass air flow vs. upper Threshold map 52-901 kg/h or Mass air flow vs. Calculated mass air flow>25% and Fuel system (multiple) 18% or Mass air flow vs. Calculated mass air flow25% and Fuel system (multiple) >18% | 320 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0102 | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Low Input | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70. Refer to --> Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , Checking | Lower threshold map Depending on engine speed and throttle angle Deviation between calculated and measured air | Air mass - 2-258kg/h Engine speed Full range Mass air flow >30 kg/h | 2 Sec 320 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0103 | Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70. Refer to --> Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , Checking | Upper threshold map Depending on engine speed and throttle angle | Air mass - >52-901kg/h | 2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0106 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/BARO Sensor Range/Performance | Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor G71. | Difference between altitude sensor and model altitude> 275 mbar | 3 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0112 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70. Refer to --> Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , Checking | Short to ground >+141°C | 2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0113 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70. Refer to --> Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , Checking | Short to battery + -45.75°C | 2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0116 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance (BGN only) | Check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to --> Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking . Check the thermostat. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM . | Delta ECT 3K And ECT @ start 60-74°C ECT @ start >106°C | Driving condition 1 One time >35 sec. Vehicle speed 0-19 mp/h Mass air flow >10 kg/h and Driving condition 2 One time >120 sec. Vehicle speed 37-81mp/h Mass air flow 112-200 kg/h | 155 Sec Once/DCY | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0117 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low | Check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to --> Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking . Check the thermostat. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM . | Short to ground >141°C | 2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0118 | Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High | Check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to --> Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking . Check the thermostat. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM . | Short to battery+ -45.75°C Open circuit | 2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0121 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Not plausible signal: comparison signal sensor 1 vs. signal sensor 2 and difference between signal 1 to calculated throttle angle > difference between signal 2 to calculated throttle angle D > 6.3 % | Engine speed - >1320/min | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Lower threshold 0.18V | 0.14 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Upper threshold >4.63 V | 0.14 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0130 | O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 (AVK only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Gradient of O2 sensor signal - 2 V/ms Open circuit or no activity - Front O2-sensor sensed * = 0.99 - 1.01 Internal voltage high (ASIC) - 3.7 - 4.8V Internal voltage high (ASIC) - > 4.8 V Comparison signal front vs. rear sensor Front O2-sensor sensed lean (l > 1.1) Front O2-sensor sensed rich (l 0.9) | Time after engine start > 25 sec. Exhaust gas temp. > 300°C Load change 4 %/segment l-sensor - Heated up Time after engine start > 25 sec. Air mass flow > 24 kg/h Rear O2-signal > 0.7 V or 0.3 V Fuel cut off False Rear O2-signal > 0.7 V 0.3 V | 13 Sec 5-25 Sec 10 Sec 5 Sec 5-25 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0131 | O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Short to ground Virtual mass (VM),> 2 V Nernst voltage (UN),> 1.75V Adjustment voltage (IA), > 0.3 V | 2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0132 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Short to battery Virtual mass (VM),> 3 V Nernst voltage (UN),> 4 V Adjustment voltage (IA), > 1.5 V | 2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0133 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Amplitude ratio 0.7 between sensor signal and stored value Signal low | Engine speed 1240 - 3000 RPM Engine load 21 - 66 % Load change delta 4%/segment Fuel control - Closed loop | 40 Sec Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0135 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 , Checking . | No activity after engine start |deltal| 1 % No activity after fuel cut off voltage 2.8 V | Sensor heater on Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V Mass air flow > 24 kg/h Time after engine start -60 sec. Sensor heater on Battery voltage -10.77 - 16.05 V | 25 Sec 4 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0136 | O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) (BGN only) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z29. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 , Checking . | Delta O2S rear signal, >2 V Number of heater coupling faults >6 | Modeled exhaust gas Temp. >250°C O2S rear - ready | 50 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0137 | O2 Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking | Short circuit 60 mV | Short circuit 60 mV l-Control post cat Closed loop Catalyst temperature > 250°C Battery voltage > 10.77 V | 40 Sec. At low fuel level: 600 Sec. | 2 DCY |
| P0138 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking | Short to battery + signal >1.5 V | Sensor heated up After 111 sec. full heating Catalyst temperature > 250°C Battery voltage >10.77V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0139 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking | Sensor signal not active signal output is not oscillating at reference value 0.624 V | Engine speed 1000 - 4000 rpm Mass air - 15 - 120 kg/h Rear O2 sensor readiness> 30 sec. Rear O2 sensor heater and electrical check No fault Catalyst temperature > 345°C | Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0140 | O2 Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking | Open circuit or no activity 400 - 500 mV | Catalyst temp, >250°C Sensor heated up After 111 sec. full heating Battery voltage >10.77V | 600 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0141 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z29. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 , Checking . | Out of range > 0.7 27.2 kW | Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V Catalyst temp. 200 - 600°C Sensor heater - On | 15 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0150 | O2 Sensor Circuit (Bank 2, Sensor 1) (AVK only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | Gradient of O2 sensor signal - 2 V/ms Open circuit or no activity - Front O2-sensorsensed * = 0.99 - 1.01 Internal voltage high (ASIC) - 3.7 - 4.8V Internal voltage high (ASIC) - > 4.8 V Comparison signal front vs. rear sensor Front O2-sensor sensed lean (l > 1.1) Front O2-sensor sensed rich (l 0.9) | Time after engine start > 25 sec. Exhaust gas temp. > 300°C Load change 4 %/segment l-sensor - Heated up Time after engine start > 25 sec. Air mass flow > 24 kg/h Rear O2-signal > 0.7 V or 0.3 V Fuel cut off False Rear O2-signal > 0.7 V 0.3 V | 13 Sec 5-25 Sec 10 Sec 0.5 Sec 5-25 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0152 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 2, Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | Short to Battery Virtual mass (VM),> 3 V Nernst voltage (UN),> 4V Adjustment voltage (IA), > 1.5 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0153 | O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | Amplitude ratio 0.7 between sensor signal and stored value | Engine speed 1240 - 3000 RPM Engine load 21 - 66 % Load change delta 4%/segment Fuel control - Closed loop | 40 Sec Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0155 | O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | No activity after engine start |deltal| 1 % No activity after fuel cut off voltage 2.8 V | Sensor heater on Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V Mass air flow > 24 kg/h Time after engine start -60 sec. Sensor heater on Battery voltage -10.77 - 16.05 V | 25 Sec 4 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0156 | O2 Sensor Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 2 (BGN only) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , checking . | Delta O2S rear signal, >2 V Number of heater coupling faults >6 | Modeled exhaust gas Temp. >250°C O2S rear - ready | 50 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0157 | O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , checking . | Short circuit 60 mV | Sensor heated up -After 111 sec. full heating l-Control post cat Closed loop Catalyst temperature > 250°C Battery voltage > 10.77 V | 40 Sec. At low fuel level: 600 Sec. | 2 DCY |
| P0158 | O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , checking . | Short to battery + signal > 1.5 V | Catalyst temp, >250°C Sensor heated up -After 111 sec. full heating Battery voltage > 10.77 V | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0159 | O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , checking . | Sensor signal not active. Signal output is not oscillating at reference value= 0.624 V | Engine speed 1000...4000 rpm Mass air - 15 - 120 kg/h Rear O2 sensor readiness> 30 sec. Rear O2 sensor heater and electrical check No fault Catalyst temperature > 345°C | Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0160 | O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 2, Sensor 2) | Check Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G131 , checking . | Open circuit or no activity 400 - 500 mV | Sensor heated up After 111 sec. full heating Catalyst temperature > 250°C Battery voltage >10.77V | 600 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0161 | O2 Sensor Heater Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 2 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 , checking | Out of range > 0.7 27.2 kW | Battery voltage 10.77 - 16.05 V Catalyst temp. 200 - 600°C Sensor heater - On | 15 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0170 | Fuel Trim (Bank 1) (AVK only) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | System too rich > + 0.04 V System too lean - 0.04 V | Lambda controller Closed loop Rear O2 sensor heater and electrical check No fault Engine speed 1000 - 4000 RPM Engine load 20-50% Catalyst temperature > 345°C | 200 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0171 | System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors. N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to. Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | (Additive) System too rich >-7.5% (Multiplicative) System too rich >-20% | Closed loop ECT > 59.25°C (Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -1000 RPM Mass air flow -25 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable Duration of check >25 sec. Closed loop ECT > 60°C (Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -5600 RPM Engine load - >21-95% Mass air flow -30-450 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable | 40 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0172 | System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84.. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to. Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | (Additive) System too rich >-7.5% (Multiplicative) System too rich >-20% | Closed loop ECT > 59.25°C (Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -1000 RPM Mass air flow -25 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable Duration of check >25 sec. Closed loop ECT > 60°C (Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -5600 RPM Engine load - >21-95% Mass air flow -30-450 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable | 40 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0173 | Fuel Trim (Bank 2) (AVK only) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor G247. Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | System too rich > + 0.04 V System too lean - 0.04 V | Lambda controller Closed loop Rear O2 sensor heater and electrical check No fault Engine speed 1000 - 4000 RPM Engine load 20-50% Catalyst temperature > 345°C | 200 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0174 | System Too Lean (Bank 2) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | (Additive) System too rich >-7.5% (Multiplicative) System too rich >-20% | Closed loop ECT > 59.25°C (Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -1000 RPM Mass air flow -25 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable Duration of check >25 sec. Closed loop ECT > 60°C(Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -5600 RPM Engine load - >21-95% Mass air flow -30-450 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable | 40 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0175 | System Too Rich (Bank 2) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | (Additive) System too rich >-7.5% (Multiplicative) System too rich >-20% | Closed loop ECT > 59.25°C (Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -1000 RPM Mass air flow -25 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable Duration of check >25 sec. Closed loop ECT > 60°C(Purge valve closed) Substitute ECT -> 69.75°C Engine speed -5600 RPM Engine load - >21-95% Mass air flow -30-450 kg/h Fuel adaptation Active stable | 40 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0201 | Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1 | Check the fuel injector N30. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0202 | Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2 | Check the fuel injector N31. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking .. | Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0203 | Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3 | Check the fuel injector N32. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0204 | Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4 | Check the fuel injector N33. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0205 | Injector Circuit Open Cylinder 5 | Check the fuel injector N83. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0206 | Injector Circuit Open Cylinder 6 | Check the fuel injector N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0221 | Throttle Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | TPS 2-TPS 1>6.3% And Actual TPS 2- calc. Value, Actual TPS 1 calc. value or TPS 2 calc. value >6.3% | Engine speed ->1320 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0222 | Throttle Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Signal voltage, 0.16 V | 0.14 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0223 | Throttle Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Signal voltage, >4.88 V | 0.14 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0230 | Fuel Pump Primary Circuit (AVK only) | Check the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6. Refer to --> Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 Electrical, Checking . | Open circuit 4.5 - 5.5 V Short to ground 3.0 V Short to battery + 0.6 - 1.2 A | Engine speed - >80 RPM Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0261 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low | Check the fuel injector N30. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to ground 3 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0262 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High | Check the fuel injector N30. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to battery+ 2.2-4 A Signal high while injection valves switched on | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0264 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low | Check the fuel injector N31. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking .. | Short to ground 3 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0265 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High | Check the fuel injector N31. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking .. | Short to battery+ 2.2-4A Signal high while injection valves switched on | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0267 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low | Check the fuel injector N32. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to ground 3 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0268 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High | Check the fuel injector N32. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to battery+ 2.2-4A Signal high while injection valves switched on | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0270 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low | Check the fuel injector N33. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to ground 3 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0271 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High | Check the fuel injector N33. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to battery+ 2.2-4A Signal high while injection valves switched on | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0273 | Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit Low | Check the fuel injector N83. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to ground 3 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0274 | Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit High | Check the fuel injector N83. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to battery+ 2.2-4A Signal high while injection valves switched on | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0276 | Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit Low | Check the fuel injector N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to ground 3 V Signal low while injection valves switched off | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0277 | Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit High | Check the fuel injector N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . | Short to battery+ 2.2-4A Signal high while injection valves switched on | Battery voltage 9.0-16.05 V Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
Ignition system
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0300 | Random Misfire Detected | Check the fuel injectors. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . Check the Spark plugs. Refer to --> Test Data, Spark Plugs Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pressure | Multiple misfire first 1000 revs 1 time threshold Subsequent intervals 4 times threshold | Load changes within 2 revolutions 148 - 431%/s Time from engine start idle - 150 rpm + 1 camshaft revolution Engine load 0% max load Engine speed range Idle 150 RPM-6700 RPM Engine torque > 0 Nm Speed change 3020-4200 | 2 DCY | |
| P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Check the fuel injector N30. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . Check the Spark plugs. Refer to --> Test Data, Spark Plugs Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pressure | Emission threshold percent misfire>1% Catalyst damage (T>950°C) Rate >2.5 48 % | Load changes within 2 revolutions 148 - 431%/s Time from engine start idle - 150 rpm + 1 camshaft revolution Engine load 0% max load Engine speed range Idle 150 RPM-6700 RPM Engine torque > 0 Nm Speed change 3020-4200 | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Check the fuel injector N31. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . Check the Spark plugs. Refer to --> Test Data, Spark Plugs Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pressure | Emission threshold percent misfire>1% Catalyst damage (T>950°C) Rate >2.5 48 % | Load changes within 2 revolutions 148 - 431%/s Time from engine start idle - 150 rpm + 1 camshaft revolution Engine load 0% max load Engine speed rangeIdle 150 RPM-6700 RPM Engine torque > 0 Nm Speed change 3020-4200 | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Check the fuel injector N32. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . Check the Spark plugs. Refer to --> Test Data, Spark Plugs Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pressure | Emission threshold percent misfire>1% Catalyst damage (T>950°C) Rate >2.5 48 % | Load changes within 2 revolutions 148 - 431%/s Time from engine start idle - 150 rpm + 1 camshaft revolution Engine load 0% max load Engine speed rangeIdle 150 RPM-6700 RPM Engine torque > 0 Nm Speed change 3020-4200 | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Check the fuel injector N33. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . Check the Spark plugs. Refer to --> Test Data, Spark Plugs Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pressure | Emission threshold percent misfire>1% Catalyst damage (T>950°C) Rate >2.5 48 % | Load changes within 2 revolutions 148 - 431%/s Time from engine start idle - 150 rpm + 1 camshaft revolution Engine load 0% max load Engine speed rangeIdle 150 RPM-6700 RPM Engine torque > 0 Nm Speed change 3020-4200 | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0305 | Cylinder 5 Misfire Detected | Check the fuel injector N83. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . Check the Spark plugs. Refer to --> Test Data, Spark Plugs Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pressure | Emission threshold percent misfire>1% Catalyst damage (T>950°C) Rate >2.5 48 % | Load changes within 2 revolutions 148 - 431%/s Time from engine start idle - 150 rpm + 1 camshaft revolution Engine load 0% max load Engine speed rangeIdle 150 RPM-6700 RPM Engine torque > 0 Nm Speed change 3020-4200 | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0306 | Cylinder 6 Misfire Detected | Check the fuel injector N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . Check the Spark plugs. Refer to --> Test Data, Spark Plugs Check the intake system for leaks. Check fuel pressure | Emission threshold percent misfire>1% Catalyst damage (T>950°C) Rate >2.5 48 % | Load changes within 2 revolutions 148 - 431%/s Time from engine start idle - 150 rpm + 1 camshaft revolution Engine load 0% max load Engine speed rangeIdle 150 RPM-6700 RPM Engine torque > 0 Nm Speed change 3020-4200 | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY Immed. |
| P0321 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28. Refer to --> Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , Checking . | Comparison of counted teeth and number of teeth +/- 1 tooth | 0.1 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0322 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No Signal | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28. Refer to --> Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , Checking . | Comparison with phase sensor signal No engine speed signal | 5 Sec | Immediate | |
| P0340 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 1, or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor (adaptation) Adaptation values at limit > 30°KW or -30°KW | Engine speed range 600 - 1520 RPM ECT - > 59.25°C | 2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0341 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor No alternating signal at reference gap | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0342 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0343 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0345 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor (adaptation) Adaptation values at limit > 30°KW or -30°KW | Engine speed range 600 - 1520 RPM ECT - > 59.25°C | 2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0346 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor No alternating signal at reference gap | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0347 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0348 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit High Input (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0351 | Ignition Coil A Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N70. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . | Short to battery + 5.2 - 8 A Short to ground 0.5-1V Open circuit 5 8.8V | Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0352 | Ignition Coil B Primary/Secondary Circuit (BGN only) | Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N127. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . | Short to battery + 5.2 - 8 A Short to ground 0.5-1V Open circuit 5 8.8V | Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0353 | Ignition Coil C Primary/Secondary Circuit (BGN only) | Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N291. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . | Short to battery + 5.2 - 8 A Short to ground 0.5-1V Open circuit 5 8.8V | Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0354 | Ignition Coil D Primary/Secondary Circuit (BGN only) | Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N292. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . | Short to battery + 5.2 - 8 A Short to ground 0.5-1V Open circuit 5 8.8V | Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0355 | Ignition Coil "E" Primary/Secondary Circuit (BGN only) | Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N323. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . | Short to battery + 5.2 - 8 A Short to ground 0.5-1V Open circuit 5 8.8V | Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0356 | Ignition Coil "F" Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage N324. Refer to --> Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking . | Short to battery + 5.2 - 8 A Short to ground 0.5-1V Open circuit 5 8.8V | Engine speed - > 80 RPM Battery Voltage 9.0-16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0365 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. | Comparison to engine speed sensor (adaptation) Adaptation values at limit > 30°KW or -30°KW | Engine speed range 600 - 1520 RPM ECT - > 59.25°C | 2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0366 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. | Comparison to engine speed sensor (adaptation) Adaptation values at limit > 30°KW or -30°KW | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0367 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Low (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0368 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit High (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 3 G300. | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0390 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor (adaptation) Adaptation values at limit > 30°KW or -30°KW | Engine speed range 600 - 1520 RPM ECT - > 59.25°C | 2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0391 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor No alternating signal at reference gap | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0392 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit Low (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0393 | Camshaft Position Sensor "B" Circuit High (Bank 2) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 , checking . | Comparison to engine speed sensor Signal low during 12 crankshaft Revs. | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
Additional exhaust regulation
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0413 | Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve "A" Circuit Open | Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking . | Open circuit 4.5 5.5V | Air valve Off Engine speed - >80 RPM Battery voltage 9.0 16.05 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0414 | Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve "A" Circuit Shorted | Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking . | Short to ground - 3 V Short to Battery+2.2 - 4.0 A | Air valve Off Engine speed - >80 RPM Battery voltage 9.0 16.05 V Air valve On Engine speed - >80 RPM Battery voltage 9.0 16.05 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0418 | Secondary Air Injection System Control "A" Circuit | Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking . | Short to ground - 3 V Open circuit 4.5 5.5 V Short to Battery+2.2 - 4.0 A | Air valve Off Engine speed - >80 RPM Battery voltage 9.0 16.05 V Air valve On Engine speed - >80 RPM Battery voltage 9.0 16.05 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0421 | Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . Check the oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) , Checking . Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | AR > 0.3 | Catalyst temperature -530-750°C Engine start temp > - 9.75°C Misfire rate 5% Engine speed, 1080-2600 RPM Air mass - 25-85 kg/h O2 sensor No fault Carbon canister load -Low | 60 Sec/Once/DCY | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0431 | Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 2) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . Check the oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Oxygen Sensor Heater behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) , Checking . Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to --> Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking . | AR > 0.3 | Catalyst temperature -530-750°C Engine start temp > - 9.75°C Misfire rate 5% Engine speed, 1080-2600 RPM Air mass - 25-85 kg/h O2 sensor No fault Carbon canister load -Low | 60 Sec/Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0441 | Evaporative Emission System Incorrect Purge Flow | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Reaction of idle controller or lambda controller Deviation less than: 5 % lambda contr. and 40 % idle control | Engine speed, Idle Altitude, 2600 M Time after engine start, >600 Sec Coolant temperature >59.25°C or Substitute temp.>69.75°C Or Substitute temperature, > 60°C Lambda Control, Closed Loop Lambda Control, Within sufficient range: not at max-threshold value and not at min + threshold value Delta engine speed 100/min | 20.5 Sec. Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0442 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak) | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Pressure drop within predetermined time 2.4 2.95 sec. Depending on altitude | Purge Valve- Closed LDP, Activated Altitude, 2600 m delta Ambient pressure 3 hPa Restart temperature difference 50K Time after engine start > 225 - 1500 sec. Intake vacuum pressure > 150 hPa Engine temperature 5 - 112°C Vehicle speed > 6 mph Selected gear - Any drive | Max 140 Sec. Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0444 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Open Circuit 4.5 5.5 V | EVAP purge valve - Off Engine speed - > 80 rpm Battery voltage 9.0 - 16.05 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0445 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Shorted (AVK only) | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Short to battery +2.2 - 4 A Short to ground 3 V | EVAP purge valve - on Engine speed - > 80 rpm Battery voltage 9.0 - 16.05 V EVAP purge valve - Off Engine speed - > 80 rpm Battery voltage 9.0 - 16.05 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0455 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Large Leak) | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Pressure drop within predetermined time 0.95 1.15 sec. Depending on altitude | Purge Valve, Closed LDP- Activated Altitude, 2600 m delta Ambient pressure 3 hPa Restart temperature difference 50K Time after engine start > 225 - 1500 sec. Intake vacuum pressure > 150 hPa Engine temperature 5 - 112°C Vehicle speed > 6 mph Selected gear - Any drive | Max 140 Sec. Once/DCY 280 Sec. Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0456 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (very small leak) | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Pressure drop within predetermined time 2.95 7 sec. Depending on altitude | Purge Valve- Closed LDP- Activated Altitude, 2600 m delta Ambient pressure 2 hPa Restart temperature difference 50K Time after engine start > 225 - 1500 sec. Intake vacuum pressure > 150 hPa Engine temperature 5 - 112°C Vehicle speed > 80.7 mph Selected gear - Any drive Acceleration - 2.1m/s2 Deceleration - >2.1m/s2 | Max 140 Sec. Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0458 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low (BGN only) | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Signal voltage 3.0 V | EVAP purge valve Commanded off Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0459 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High (BGN only) | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. Refer to --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal. Refer to --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Signal current > 2.2 4.0 A | EVAP purge valve Commanded on Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0491 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow Bank 1 | Check the Secondary Air System for proper seal. Refer to --> Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), Checking Function . Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking . | System too rich Ratio 30% Statistical reflection Average of 6 System too rich Checks 0.45 | Air mass flow 10 - 50 kg/h Altitude - 2600 m ECT - > 5 - 112°C Catalyst temp. 720°C Vehicle speed - > 6 mph Time after engine start 121 Sec. Engine load - Idle | 5 - 14 Sec Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| P0492 | Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow Bank 2 | Check the Secondary Air System for proper seal. Refer to --> Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), Checking Function . Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking . | System too rich Ratio 30% Statistical reflection Average of 6 System too rich Checks 0.45 | Air mass flow 10 - 50 kg/h Altitude - 2600 m ECT - > 5 - 112°C Catalyst temp. 720°C Vehicle speed - > 6 mph Time after engine start 121 Sec. Engine load - Idle | 5 - 14 Sec Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
Speed and idle control
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0501 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Range/Performance | Check the vehicle speed signal. Refer to --> Speed Signal, Checking . | VSS signal, 2.4 mph | ECT - >39.75°C Engine speed, 1520-4520 RPM | 3 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0506 | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Idle correction deviation >100 RPM | Engine speed, Idle Vehicle speed, 0 mph Accelerator position 0% EVAP purge valve, Closed Altitude, 2600 m ECT, >- 59.25°C | 10 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0507 | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Idle correction deviation >200 RPM | Engine speed, Idle Vehicle speed, 0 mph Accelerator position 0% EVAP purge valve, Closed Altitude, 2600 m ECT, >- 59.25°C | 10 Sec | 2 DCY |
Control module and output signals
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0600 | Serial Communication Link (AVK only) | Check CAN-Bus wiring from J285 Control Module in dash and ECM J220. | Short to battery + Short to ground. Core connection ECM no signal from can bus | Battery voltage - >10.7 V | 0.5 Sec | |
| P0601 | Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing . | Internal check sum, incorrect | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0602 | Control Module Programming Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing . | Message arriving from automatic transmission while ECU is calibrated for manual transmission. | Battery voltage - >10.7V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0604 | Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing . | Write ability check, failed | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0605 | Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing . | Wrong check sum | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0606 | ECM/PCM Processor | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing . | Short to battery + >4.88 V. Short to ground 0.14 V 80% of max current longer than >0.6 Sec Wrong value Comparison with stored value Other monitoring function out of range Torque out of range | 2 Sec 0.6 Sec 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0627 | Fuel Pump A Control Circuit/Open (BGN only) | Refer to --> Fuel Supply System | Short to ground 3.0 V Open circuit 4.5 5.5 V | Engine speed - > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0629 | Fuel Pump A Control Circuit High (BGN only) | Refer to --> Fuel Supply System | Short to battery + 0.6 - 1.2 A | Engine speed - > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0638 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance - Bank 1 | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking Check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187/Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188. Refer to --> Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking . | Open 15% t > 0.14 sec. Then Close to 3% t > 0.56 sec. Voltage ranges Sensor 1- 0.21 to 0.87 V. Sensor 2 - 4.14 to 4.84 V Comparison of upper and lower reference points with stored limits | Ignition on Engine speed - 0 RPM Intake air temp. - > 5°C Vehicle speed - 0 mph ECT - > 5°C | 5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0685 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit/Open | Check the voltage supply for Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . Check the activation of Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 , Checking . | Open circuit. Control voltage >0.7 V | Sense circuit voltage >4.0 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0686 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low | Check the voltage supply for Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . Check the activation of Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 , Checking . | Short to ground. Control voltage 0.51 V | Sense circuit voltage >5.5V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0687 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit High | Check the voltage supply for Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . Check the activation of Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 , Checking . | Short to battery +. Control voltage >4.0 V | Sense circuit voltage >4.0V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0688 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit/Open | Check the voltage supply for Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> Voltage Supply, Checking . Check the activation of Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271. Refer to --> Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 , Checking . | Voltage too low 4.0 V | Main relay - On | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
02E Transmission
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0701 | Transmission control system range/performance | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Travel sensor voltage gearshift fork 1/3 out of plausibility range voltage 300 mV or voltage > 4700 mV | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0702 | Transmission control system electrical | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | In spite of the cut-off of the Common High-side Switch 1, a measurable current is present In spite of the turned on Common High-side switch 1, no current is measurable CHS 1 cut-off and CHS 1 Current is > 40 mA CHS 1 turned on and CHS 1 Current is 200 mA | Terminal 15 voltage 18 V Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0729 | Gear 6 incorrect ratio | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Calculate the speed of input shaft 2 with the sixth gear ratio and the output shaft speed Compare the calculated speed with measured speed of input shaft 2 Speed difference magnitude > 50 RPM for more than 120 ms | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Control gearshift fork valve 3 >= 5% Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 120 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0731 | Gear 1 incorrect ratio | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Calculate the speed of input shaft 1 with the first gear ratio and the output shaft speed Compare the calculated speed with measured speed of input shaft 1 Speed difference magnitude > 50 RPM for more than 120 ms | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Control gearshift fork valve 3 >= 5% Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 120 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0732 | Gear 2 incorrect ratio | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Calculate the speed of input shaft 2 with the second gear ratio and the output shaft speed Compare the calculated speed with measured speed of input shaft 2 Speed difference magnitude > 50 RPM for more than 120 ms | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Control gearshift fork valve 3 >= 5% Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 120 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0733 | Gear 3 incorrect ratio | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Calculate the speed of input shaft 1 with the third gear ratio and the output shaft speed Compare the calculated speed with measured speed of input shaft 1 Speed difference magnitude > 50 RPM for more than 120 ms | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Control gearshift fork valve 3 >= 5% Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 120 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0734 | Gear 4 incorrect ratio | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Calculate the speed of input shaft 2 with the fourth gear ratio and the output shaft speed Compare the calculated speed with measured speed of input shaft 2 Speed difference magnitude > 50 RPM for more than 120 ms | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Control gearshift fork valve 4 >= 5% Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 120 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0735 | Gear 5 incorrect ratio | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Calculate the speed of input shaft 1 with the fifth gear ratio and the output shaft speed Compare the calculated speed with measured speed of input shaft 1 Speed difference magnitude > 50 RPM for more than 120 ms | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Control gearshift fork valve 1 >= 5% Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 120 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0736 | Reverse incorrect ratio | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Calculate the speed of input shaft 1 with the fifth gear ratio and the output shaft speed Compare the calculated speed with measured speed of input shaft 1 Speed difference magnitude > 50 RPM for more than 120 ms Gearshift fork of reverse gear stays in shifted position in spite of command to disengage Gearshift fork position synchronizing point fifth gear -10% Synchronizing point measured by a basic adjustment (reverse gear stays in shifted position) Control valve gearshift fork valve 3 >= 5% | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Control gearshift fork valve 4 >= 5% Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 120 ms 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0746 | Pressure control solenoid A performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Desired valve current of clutch 1 exceeds a threshold The same time, the actual valve current is smaller than a second threshold Desired current > 350 mA; actual current 50 mA | Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0746 | Pressure control solenoid A performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Integral of actual pressure minus desired pressure minus drain exceeds a maximum value Pressure integral >= 0.1 bars | Desired pressure = adapted clutch slipping point + 1 bar Standing vehicle with accelerator pedal 1.5% Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed >600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 500 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0747 | Pressure control solenoid A stuck on | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of actual valve current with desired valve current of clutch 1 Actual current > desired current, and (actual current - desired current) > 200 mA for more than 200 ms | Common high-side switch 1 on and not defective Gearbox subsystem 1 active Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 200 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0751 | Shift solenoid A performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of residual current of gearbox subsystem 1 (total current at common high-side switch 1 - actual current of clutch 1) at switching point of control gearshift fork valve 1 with residual current at permanent control of control gearshift fork valve 1 Difference of residual current = 200 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 1 = 7 V). 450 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 1 = 13 V) | Common high-side switch 1 and 3 on and no defects Gearbox subsystem 1 active Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Duty factor change of safety valve 1 (control of safety valve 1 is stable) = 5% Duty factor change of gearshift fork valve 2 (control of gearshift fork valve 2 is stable) = 5% Duty factor of control gearshift fork valve 1 >70% and steady state time >= 50 ms Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0756 | Shift solenoid B performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of residual current of gearbox subsystem 1 (total current at common high-side switch 1 - actual current of clutch 1) at switching point of control gearshift fork valve 2 with residual current at permanent control of control gearshift fork valve 2 Difference of residual current = 200 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 1 = 7 V).. 450 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 1 = 13 V) | Common high-side switch 1 and 3 on and no defects Gearbox subsystem 1 active Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Duty factor change of safety valve 1 (control of safety valve 1 is stable) = 5% Duty factor change of gearshift fork valve 1 (control of gearshift fork valve 1 is stable) = 5% Duty factor of control gearshift fork valve 2 >70% and steady state time >= 50 ms Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0761 | Shift solenoid C performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of residual current of gearbox subsystem 2 (total current at common high-side switch 2 - actual current of clutch 2) at switching point of control gearshift fork valve 3 with residual current at permanent control of control gearshift fork valve 3 Difference of residual current = 200 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 2 = 7 V).. 450 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 2 = 13 V) | Common high-side switch 2 and 3 on, and no defects Gearbox subsystem 2 active Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Duty factor change of safety valve 2 (control of safety valve 2 is stable) = 5% Duty factor change of gearshift fork valve 4 (control of gearshift fork valve 4 is stable) = 5% Duty factor of control gearshift fork valve 3 >70% and steady state time >= 50 ms terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0766 | Shift solenoid D performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of residual current of gearbox subsystem 2 (total current at common high-side switch 2 - actual current of clutch 2) at switching point of control gearshift fork valve 4 with residual current at permanent control of control gearshift fork valve 4 Difference of residual current = 200 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 2 = 7 V).. 450 mA (supply voltage at common high-side 2 = 13 V) | Common high-side switch 2 and 3 on, and no defects Gearbox subsystem 2 active Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Duty factor change of safety valve 2 (control of safety valve 2 is stable) = 5% Duty factor change of gearshift fork valve 3 (control of gearshift fork valve 3 is stable) = 5% Duty factor of control gearshift fork valve 4 >70% and steady state time >= 50 ms Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0771 | Shift solenoid E performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of residual current of central control (total current at common high-side switch 3 - actual current of main pressure valve and cooling oil valve) at switching point of multiplexer valve with residual current at permanent control of multiplexer valve Difference of residual current = 150 mA (maximum of supply voltage at common high-side 1 and 2 and terminal 15 = 7 V) 300 mA (maximum of supply voltage at common high-side 1 and 2 and terminal 15 = 13 V | Common high-side switch 3 on and no defects Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Multiplexer valve is controlled and steady state time (>= 50 ms) Terminal 15 voltage >4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0776 | Pressure control solenoid B performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Integral of actual pressure minus desired pressure, minus drain exceeds a maximum value Pressure integral >= 0.1 bars | Desired pressure = adapted clutch slipping point + 1 bar Standing vehicle with accelerator pedal 1.5% Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 500 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0776 | Pressure control solenoid B performance or stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Desired valve current of clutch 2 exceeds a threshold At the same time, the actual valve current is smaller than a second threshold Desired current > 350 mA; actual current 50 mA | Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0777 | Pressure control solenoid B stuck on | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of actual valve current with desired valve current of clutch 2 Actual current > desired current, and (actual current - desired current) > 200 mA for more than 200 ms | Common high-side switch 2 on and not defective Gearbox subsystem 2 active Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 200 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0781 | 1-2 shift | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Gearshift fork of first gear stays in shifted position in spite of command to disengage Gearshift fork position > synchronizing point first gear + 10% Synchronizing point measured by a basic adjustment (first gear stays in shifted position) Control gearshift fork valve 2>=5% | Control safety valve 1 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Desired main pressure > 2 bars Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0782 | 2-3 shift | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Gear shift fork of second gear stays in shifted position in spite of command to disengage Gearshift fork position synchronizing point second gear -10% Synchronizing point measured by a basic adjustment (second gear stays in shifted position) Control gearshift fork valve 4 >= 5% | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==1 Desired main pressure > 2 bars Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0783 | 3-4 shift | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Gearshift fork of third gear stays in shifted position in spite of command to disengage Gearshift fork position synchronizing point third gear -10% Synchronizing point measured by a basic adjustment (third gear stays in shifted position) Control valve gearshift fork valve 1 >= 5% | Control safety valve 1 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==0 Desired main pressure > 2 bars Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0784 | 4-5 shift | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Gearshift fork of fourth gear stays in shifted position in spite of command to disengage Gearshift fork position >synchronizing point fourth gear +10% Synchronizing point measured by a basic adjustment (fourth gear stays in shifted position) Control valve gearshift fork valve 3 >= 5% | Control safety valve 2 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==1 Desired main pressure > 2 bars Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0797 | Pressure control solenoid C stuck on | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Comparison of actual valve current with desired valve current of main pressure solenoid valve Actual current > desired current, and (actual current - desired current) > 200 mA for more than 300 ms | Common high-side switch 3 on and not defective Common high-side switches not deactivated by module 2 Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0829 | 5-6 shift | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Gearshift fork of fifth gear stays in shifted position in spite of command to disengage Gearshift fork position >synchronizing point fifth gear +10% Synchronizing point measured by a basic adjustment (fifth gear stays in shifted position) Control valve gearshift fork valve 2 >= 5% | Control safety valve 1 (on) >=20% Multiplexer position ==1 Desired main pressure > 2 bars Terminal 15 V > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms Engine speed > 600 RPM for more than 500 ms | 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0840 | Transmission fluid pressure sensor/switch A circuit | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Pressure sensor voltage clutch 1 out of plausibility range Voltage 100 mV or voltage > 4900 mV | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0841 | Transmission fluid pressure sensor/switch A circuit range/performance | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Hydraulic pressure of clutch 1 exceeds a maximum value Pressure >= 15.5 bars | Signal range check is correct Terminal 15 voltage >4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage >9 V for more than 500 ms | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0845 | Transmission fluid pressure sensor/switch B circuit | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Pressure sensor voltage clutch 2 out of plausibility range Voltage 100 mV or voltage > 4900 mV | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0846 | Transmission fluid pressure sensor/switch B circuit range/performance | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Hydraulic pressure of clutch 2 exceeds a maximum value Pressure >= 15.5 bars | Signal range check is correct Terminal 15 voltage >4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage >9 V for more than 500 ms | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0864 | TCM communication circuit range/performance | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220. Refer to --> CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Checking | Terminal 15 voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms > 500 ms after reset | 80 ms | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0890 | TCM power relay sense circuit low | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Detection by hardware circuit current >8.5 A | Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 200 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0892 | TCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Intermittent | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Hardware detection | Filtered battery voltage, > 7 V High side and low side FET, enabled Status counter initialization, 0 or 1 | 0.03 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0914 | Gear shift position circuit | Check the selector mechanism. Refer to 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 37 CONTROLS, HOUSING for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING . | Selector lever position is not equal to negation of the inverse selector lever position OR selector lever position equals initialization value OR selector lever position equals error value OR selector lever position is equal to negation of the inverse selector position but no valid position Selector lever position =Position 1,2,3,4 OR L | No bus off error No error failure of all CAN messages No failure of selector lever CAN messages Time after reset >1000 ms Terminal 15 voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms | 1 Second | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0914 | Gear shift position circuit | Check the selector mechanism. Refer to 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 37 CONTROLS, HOUSING for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING . | If time out of the question and answer diagnosis is detected, increment an event counter Time out threshold > 100 ms | Gear message for selector lever is transmittable and selector lever message is receivable No failure of selector lever CAN messages Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 300 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0919 | Gear shift position control error | Check the selector mechanism. Refer to 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 37 CONTROLS, HOUSING for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING . | Error flag of not determinable selector lever position is set | No failure of selector lever CAN messages Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms Battery voltage > 9 V for more than 500 ms | 20 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0929 | Gear shift lock solenoid control circuit range/performance | Check the selector mechanism. Refer to 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 37 CONTROLS, HOUSING for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING for CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) 01J - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING . | If the shift-lock position signal is not valid (position != error, not active, active or init) increment an event counter | No failure of selector lever CAN messages Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 ms | 20 ms | Continuous 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P1081 | Exhaust Bank 3, mixture adaptation range 1. Lower lean limit not reached (AVK only) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | System too lean >+4% Within adaptive range System too rich -4% | Lamda Adaptation Active Lambda control Closed loop EVAP purge valve Closed Engine temp. - >70°C Or Substitute temp. >70°C Time after start >351 sec. Idle adaptation range: Engine speed 720/min Air mass - 19kg/h Part load adaptation Ready | 50 Sec. or if fuel tank empty or fuel gage defect: calculated air mass flow >200kg | 2 DCY |
| P1296 | Malfunction in cooling system (AVK only) | Check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to --> Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking . Check the thermostat. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM . | Measured temp. >8.25 K Lower than model temp Measured temp. 60°C | Once/DCY | 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2088 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Signal voltage 3 V | Camshaft valve - Off. Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2089 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Signal Voltage 2.2-8 A | Camshaft valve - On Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2090 | "B" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Signal voltage 3 V | Camshaft valve - Off. Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2091 | "B" Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Signal Voltage 2.2-8 A | Camshaft valve - On Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2092 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit (Bank 2) Short to ground (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Signal voltage 3 V | Camshaft valve - Off. Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2093 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit (Bank 2) High (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking . | Signal Voltage 2.2-8 A | Camshaft valve - On Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2094 | B Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit (Bank 2) Short to ground (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Signal voltage 3 V | Camshaft valve - off Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2095 | B Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit (Bank 2) Short to B+ (BGN only) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318. Refer to Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking . | Signal Voltage 2.2-8A | Camshaft valve - On Engine speed > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel trim System Too Lean Bank 1 (BGN only) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30,N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Integral part of lambda control post cat. > - 0.03 | Lambda control Closed loop Lambda control post cat. Closed loop Engine speed 1000-3600 RPM Engine load 18-56% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich (Bank 1) (BGN only) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Integral part of lambda control post cat. - 0.03 | Lambda control Closed loop Lambda control post cat. Closed loop Engine speed 1000-3600 RPM Engine load 18-56% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2098 | Post Catalyst Fuel trim System Too Lean (Bank 2) (BGN only) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Integral part of lambda control post cat. > - 0.03 | Lambda control Closed loop Lambda control post cat. Closed loop Engine speed 1000-3600 RPM Engine load 18-56% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2099 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich (Bank 2) (BGN only) | Check the fuel pressure. Refer to --> Fuel Delivery, Checking . Check the fuel injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84. Refer to --> Fuel Injector , Checking . Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130. Refer to Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking . Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80. Refer to --> EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking . Check the intake system for leaks (false air). Check the exhaust system for proper seal. Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Integral part of lambda control post cat. - 0.03 | Lambda control Closed loop Lambda control post cat. Closed loop Engine speed 1000-3600 RPM Engine load 18-56% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2101 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | >80% of maximum duty cycle Throttle valve angle deviation >0.6 sec. | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2106 | Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced Limited Power (BGN only) | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module J338. Refer to --> Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking | Duty cycle, >80% and ECM power stage, failure. | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187/Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188. Refer to --> Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking . | Lower threshold 0.63 V | Sensor voltage 2 (2 times) >1.15 | 0.2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187/Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188. Refer to --> Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking . | Upper threshold> 4.82 V | 0.2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P2127 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187/Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188. Refer to --> Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking . | Lower threshold 0.43 V | Sensor voltage 1 (2 times) >1.15 | 0.2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2128 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187/Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188. Refer to --> Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking . | Upper threshold> 4.94 V | 0.2 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P2138 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D/E Voltage Correlation | Check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G187/Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) G188. Refer to --> Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking . | Comparison signal sensor 1 vs. sensor 2 delta > 0.21 - 1.11 V | Sensor voltage 1 Sensor voltage 2 (2 times) > 0.84 V | 0.24 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2181 | Cooling System Performance (BGN only) | Check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to --> Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking . Check the thermostat. Refer to 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM . | ECT 81°C @ Mass air integral 10.7-15.1kg | ECT at start 4.5-30°C Accum. fuel cut off 120 sec. Delta ambient pressure 1.5 kPa Average value: Vehicle speed 22-75 mph Mass air flow >50-100 kg/h Mass air flow 100-200 kg/h | 2 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2195 | O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Lean (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Lambda value, >1.07 and O2S signal rear, >0.75 V Lambda control, at max. value Exhaust mass air integral, > 0.2-0.8 kg O2S signal rear, >0.75 V Lambda control, not at max. value P-portion of 2nd control loop >0.01 And P-portion and I-portion of 2nd control loop, trim to lean | Lambda control Closed loop O2S rear - ready Lambda control Closed loop O2S rear Ready Lambda control post catalyst - Closed loop O2S rear signal check Ready | 200 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2196 | O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Rich (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Lambda value, 0.90 and O2S signal rear, 0.153 V Lambda control, at min. value Exhaust mass air integral, > 0.20 kg O2S signal rear, 0.15 V P-portion of 2nd lambda control loop >0.01 And P-portion and I-portion of 2nd lambda control loop, trim to rich | Lambda control Closed loop O2S rear - ready Lambda control Closed loop O2S rear Ready Lambda control post catalyst - Closed loop O2S rear signal check Ready | 200 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2197 | O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Lean (Bank 2 Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | Lambda value, >1.07 and O2S signal rear, >0.75 V Lambda control, at max. value Exhaust mass air integral, > 0.2-0.8 kg O2S signal rear, >0.75 V Lambda control, not at max. value P-portion of 2nd control loop >0.01 And P-portion and I-portion of 2nd control loop, trim to lean | Lambda control Closed loop O2S rear - ready Lambda control Closed loop O2S rear Ready Lambda control post catalyst - Closed loop O2S rear signal check Ready | 200 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2231 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Delta O2S signal front,>0.2-0.3 V. 30 times. | O2S ceramic temp. >750+/-65°C Modeled exhaust gas temp. 800°C Heater duty cycle >5% Delta engine load 3% Catalyst heating Not active SAI Not active | 50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2234 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit Bank 2 Sensor 1 (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | Delta O2S signal front,>0.2-0.3 V. 30 times. | O2S ceramic temp. >750+/-65°C Modeled exhaust gas temp. 800°C Heater duty cycle >5% Delta engine load 3% Catalyst heating Not active SAI Not active | 50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2237 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit/Open - Bank 1, Sensor 1 (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | O2S signal front 1.49-1.51 V Lambda value setting 0.95 or Lambda value setting>1.05 Mass air integral >0.2kg Fuel cut off >5 sec. O2S signal front 2.8 V Enrichment or lean out Active O2S signal front 1.49-1.51 V Delta lambda value setting >0.02 V | Lambda control Closed loop O2S ceramic temp. -750+/-65°C Electrical adjustment -Not active Lambda control Closed loop Heater control Closed loop O2S ceramic temp. 750+/-65°C Electrical adjustment Not active O2S ceramic temp.750+/-65°C | 30 Sec 5 Sec 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2240 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit/Open Bank 2 Sensor 1 (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | O2S signal front 1.49-1.51 V Lambda value setting0.95 or Lambda value setting >1.05 Mass air integral >0.2kg Fuel cut off >5 sec. O2S signal front 2.8 V Enrichment or lean out Active O2S signal front1.49-1.51 V Delta lambda value setting >0.02 V | Lambda control Closed loop O2S ceramic temp. -750+/-65°C Electrical adjustment -Not active Lambda control Closed loop Heater control Closed loop O2S ceramic temp.750+/-65°C Electrical adjustment Not active O2S ceramic temp.750+/-65°C Heater control Closed loop O2S ceramic temp. 750+/-65°C Electrical adjustment Not active O2S ceramic temp.750+/-65°C | 30 Sec 5 Sec 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2243 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit/Open (Bank1, Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | O2S signal front, >4.7 V and Internal resistance, >570ohms or O2S signal front, 0.2 V and Internal resistance, >570ohms | Heater control - Active | 22 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2247 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit/Open (Bank 2, Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | O2S signal front,>4.7 V and Internal resistance, >570ohms or O2S signal front, 0.2 V and Internal resistance, >570ohms | Heater control - Active | 22 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2251 | O2 Sensor Negative Current Control Circuit/Open (Bank 1, Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | O2S signal front, 1.5 V and Internal resistance, >570ohms Number of heater coupling faults - >4 | Heater control - Active Modeled exhaust temp. 900°C | 50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2254 | O2 Sensor Negative Current Control Circuit/Open (Bank 1, Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | O2S signal front, 1.5 V and Internal resistance, >570ohms Number of heater coupling faults - >4 | Heater control - Active Modeled exhaust temp. 900°C | 50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2257 | Secondary Air Injection System Control A Circuit Low (BGN only) | Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking . | Signal voltage, 3.0 V | Pump relay - Commanded off Engine speed ->80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2258 | Secondary Air Injection System Control A Circuit High (BGN only) | Check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299. Refer to --> Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking . | Signal current, 0.6-2.4 A | Pump relay - Commanded off Engine speed ->80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Additional emission regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2400 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit/Open | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Open circuit 4.5 5.5 V | LDP Commanded On Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2401 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit Low | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Short to ground 3.0 V | LDP Commanded - Off Engine speed >80 RPM Battery voltage 9.0 16.05V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2402 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit High | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Short to battery+> 3.0 V | LDP Commanded On Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2403 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Circuit/Open | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Contact unable to close, Signal always low | LDP Commanded - Off Purge valve check Completed Ref. P0442 | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2404 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Range/Performance | Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144. --> Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking Check Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister System for proper seal --> EVAP System, Checking for Leaks . | Contact unable to open Signal always high | LDP Commanded - Off Purge valve check Completed Ref. P0442 | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2414 | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | Signal voltage, 3.7-4.8 V | O2S ceramic temp. 750+/-65°C If low fuel signal then wait >600 Sec. SAI - not active | 10 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2415 | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error (Bank 2 Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | Signal voltage, 3.7-4.8 V | O2S ceramic temp. 750+/-65°C If low fuel signal then wait >600 Sec. SAI - not active | 10 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2626 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking . | O2S signal front, > 4.8 V | O2S ceramic temp 750 +/- 65°C Modeled exhaust gas temp - 700°C Fuel cut off Active If low fuel signal on, wait>600 Sec. | 20 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2629 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open (Bank 2 Sensor 1) (BGN only) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108. Refer to Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking . | O2S signal front,> 4.8 V | O2S ceramic temp 750 +/- 65°C Modeled exhaust gas temp - 700°C Fuel cut off Active If low fuel signal on, wait>600 Sec. | 20 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2714 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Performance or Stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, Activated Power supply, > 9 V Volage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.03 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2715 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Stuck On | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, Activated Power supply, > 9 V Volage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.03 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2716 | Pressure Control Solenoid D Electrical | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | Current higher or lower than threshold, (850-120) mA | Low side and high side FET, Activated Power supply, > 9 V Volage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.03 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2723 | Pressure Control Solenoid E Performance or Stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, Activated Power supply, > 9 V Volage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2724 | Pressure Control Solenoid E Stuck On | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, Activated Power supply, > 9 V Volage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2732 | Pressure Control Solenoid F Performance or Stuck off | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, Activated Power supply, > 9 V Volage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2733 | Pressure Control Solenoid F Stuck On | Refer to 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS for 5 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 01V FRONT AND ALL WHEEL DRIVE - INTERNAL COMPONENTS, SERVICING 38 GEARS, CONTROL for 6 SPD. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 09L ALL WHEEL DRIVE . | PWM hardware detection, 0 or 100% | Low side and high side FET, Activated Power supply, > 9 V Volage drop at FET, = 1 V Solenoid supply, > 9 V | 0.05 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P3081 | Engine Temperature Too Low (BGN only) | Check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62. Refer to --> Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking . | Measured ECT minus ECT, >9.75K | 2 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY | |
| P3262 | Exhaust bank 1/2 oxygen sensors behind catalytic converter swapped | Threshold high side > 680 mV Threshold low side 221 mV | Lambda controller Closed loop Rear O2 sensor heater and electrical check No fault Engine speed 1000 - 4000 RPM Engine load 20-50% Catalyst temperature > 345°C | 30 Sec | 2 DCY |
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illumination |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U0001 | High Speed CAN Communication Bus (BGN only) | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | CAN message no feedback | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U0101 | Lost Communication with TCM (BGN only) | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | CAN message no feedback | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U0302 | Software Incompatibility with Transmission Control Module (BGN only) | Check terminal resistance of CAN-Bus --> CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking . | AT vehicle ECM coded as MT vehicle | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
See also:
• 20 - FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
• 24 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI)
• 72 - SEAT - FRAMES
• 72 - SEAT - FRAMES
• 66 EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
• 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT
• 27 BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL
• 19 ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM
• 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS
• 38 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - GEARS, HYDRAULIC CONTROLS
• 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING
• 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING
• Safety Precautions
• Clean Working Conditions
• Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) G6 Electrical, Checking
• Fuel Delivery, Checking
• Preliminary Check
• Diagnostic Mode 04 - Reset/Delete Diagnostic Data
• Readiness Code Description
• EVAP System, Detecting Leaks
• EVAP System, Checking for Leaks
• EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80, Checking
• Leak Detection Pump V144, Checking
• Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory
• Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Replacing
• Electronic Power Control System
• Throttle Position Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185, Checking
• Safety Precautions
• Technical Data
• Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , Checking
• Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking
• Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , Checking
• Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Gauge Sensor G2 , Checking
• Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , Checking
• Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 , Checking
• Fuel Injector , Checking
• Checking voltage supply and wiring
• TESTING IF DISPLAY IS APPROX. - 40.0°C
• TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. 140.0°C
• Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored
• Function
• Voltage Supply, Checking
• Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 , Checking
• Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 , Checking
• Speed Signal, Checking
• CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking
• Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking
• Principle and Function
• Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), Checking Function
• Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- , Checking
• Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 , Checking
• Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , Checking
• General Information
• Test Data, Spark Plugs
• Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage , Checking
• Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , Checking
• Tiptronic Switch F189 , Checking
• Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , Checking
• Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , Checking
• Transmission Output Speed (RPM) Sensor G195 , Checking
• Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , Checking
• Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , Replacing
• CAN-Bus Terminal Resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , Checking
• Generic Scan Tool Manual Contents
• OBD Systems
• Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination
• CAN Data Link
• Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp
• Diagnostic Modes Description
• Diagnostic Mode 01 - Obtain Data
• Diagnostic Mode 02 - Obtain Operating Conditions
• Interrogating the Fault Memory
• Diagnostic Mode 05: Check lambda test results
• Diagnostic Mode 07 - Check Test Results of Components that are Continuously Monitored
• Diagnostic Mode 08 - Tank Leak Test
• Diagnostic Mode 09 - Vehicle Information
• Oxygen Sensor in front of Catalytic Converter Bank 1 - Sensor 1
• Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter Bank 1 Sensor 2
• Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)
• Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 1)
• Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 1)
• Test-ID 15 ($21): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor 2)
• Test-ID 16 ($22): Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor 2)
• Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
• Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function Check.
• Function test
• Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking
• Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 , checking
• Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater Z19 , Checking
• Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z29 , Checking
• Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Heater Z28 , Checking
• Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater Z30 , checking
• Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 , checking
• Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking
• Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 G108 , checking
• Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 , checking
• Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 , checking
• Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 4 G301 , checking